Home

User Guide - Cyberbajt

Contents

1. 7 Once the software upgrade is complete click the Reset icon Ww Caution In case of a locked GPS device the upgrade typically has a GPS Firmware Version as Not Available although not always The user must attempt the upgrade anyway It is however likely to fail with a GPS general communication error displayed in the notification icon If this occurs the user must power cycle not just reboot the radio and attempt the upgrade again 212 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Testing hardware This section describes how to test the hardware when it fails on startup or during operation Before testing hardware confirm that all outdoor cables that is those that connect the AP or SM to equipment inside the building are of the supported type as defined in Ethernet cabling on page 57 CHECKING THE POWER SUPPLY LED When the power supply is connected to the main power supply the expected LED behavior is e The Power green LED illuminates steadily If the expected LED operation does not occur or if a fault is suspected in the hardware check the LED states and choose the correct test procedure e Power LED is off on page 213 e Ethernet LED is off on page 213 POWER LED IS OFF Meaning Either the power supply is not receiving power from the AC DC outlet or there is a wiring fault in the unit Action Remove the AP SM cable from the PSU and observe the effect on the Power LED If the Power LED does not illuminate conf
2. 5650 5725 5660 Ya 5715 5670105705 30 ete every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Macedonts 5650 5725 5660t05715 5670to5705 TR 30 SS every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Malaysia 5470 5725 avery 5MHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Malte 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 TR gw SS every 5 MHz every 5 MHz shes 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Mauritius 5470 5725 every 5MHz _ every 5MHz 15 30 ETSI 5495 to 5590 5510 to 5580 F 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Maxico 5650 5725 5660to5705 5670 to 5695 1 i PEG every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Moldova 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every5MHz every 5MHz Netherlands 6650 5725 5660to5715 5670105705 30 ete every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 Netherlands 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz 15 30 ETSI Antilles 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz ME 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Nigeria 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 15 36 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz aiiai 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 TR 30 d every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Oman 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 15 30 ETSI 5475 to 5715 5475 to 5705 Other 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 30 None 290 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center V
3. CAMBIUM NETWORKS 4 The names OpenSSL Toolkit and OpenSSL Project must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact openssl core openssl org 5 Products derived from this software may not be called OpenSSL nor may OpenSSL appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project 6 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http Awww openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software writ
4. Channel bandwidth 20 MHz 40 MHz Data rate 200 Mbps TYPICAL DEPLOYMENT EQUIPMENT The ePMP is a solution consisting of integrated or connectorized outdoor units indoor power supply units LAN injectors cabling and surge suppression equipment The main hardware components of an ePMP deployment are as follows e Connectorized Radio with GPS Sync A connectorized outdoor transceiver unit containing all the radio networking and surge suppression electronics e GPS Sync Connectorized Radio An indoor power supply module providing Power over Ethernet PoE supply and 1000 100 10 Base TX to the Access Point e Connectorized Radio Cabling and lightning protection Shielded Cat5e cables grounding cables and connectors e Integrated Radio An integrated antenna outdoor transceiver unit containing all the radio networking antenna and surge suppression electronics e Integrated or Un sync Connectorized Radio A connectorized outdoor transceiver unit containing all the radio networking and surge suppression electronics e Integrated Radio Power Supply An indoor power supply module providing Power over Ethernet PoE supply and 100 10 Base TX to the Subscriber Module e Integrated Radio Cabling and lightning protection Shielded Cat5e cables and connectors For more information about these components including interfaces specifications and Cambium part numbers see System hardware on page 29 20 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORK
5. wget v 1 10 2 Copyright C 1995 1996 1997 1998 2003 Free Software Foundation Inc Copyright C 2006 2012 OpenWrt org This is free software licensed under the GNU General Public License v2 See LICENSE for more information Copyright c 2004 Jan Kneschke incremental All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 266 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the incremental nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT
6. Cambium Networks ePMP User Guide System Release 2 1 Product Description System Planning Configuration Operation and Troubleshooting Legal and Reference Information ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Accuracy While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this document Cambium Networks assumes no liability resulting from any inaccuracies or omissions in this document or from use of the information obtained herein Cambium reserves the right to make changes to any products described herein to improve reliability function or design and reserves the right to revise this document and to make changes from time to time in content hereof with no obligation to notify any person of revisions or changes Cambium does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product software or circuit described herein neither does it convey license under its patent rights or the rights of others It is possible that this publication may contain references to or information about Cambium products machines and programs programming or services that are not announced in your country Such references or information must not be construed to mean that Cambium intends to announce such Cambium products programming or services in your country Copyrights This document Cambium products and 3 Party software products described in this document may include or describe copyrighted Cambium and other 3 Party supp
7. The current date and time on the device subject to the configuration of parameter Time Zone If an NTP server is not specified the date and time will begin from factory default upon radio startup System Uptime The total uptime of the radio since the last reset System Name The current configured system name System Description The current configured system description Port Speed The current Ethernet port speed of the radio Port Duplex Mode The current Ethernet port duplex mode of the radio Registered AP SSID The AP SSID of the AP to which the SM is registered Registered AP MAC Address The Wireless MAC Address of the AP to which the SM is registered Device Coordinates DFS Status The current configured Latitude and Longitude coordinates in decimal format Current DFS operational status 81 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS The GUI interface consists of two levels of navigation the first level navigation buttons on the top Configure Monitor Tools and Quick Start as well as the context based second level navigations on the left hand side of the interface After a second level navigation section has been chosen the resulting configuration parameters are displayed in the main GUI pane Each subsection of parameters may be configured to display a clean view of only basic parameters or the display may also be configured to display a comprehensive listing of advanced para
8. Time set for the MAC addresses in the Bridge table 127 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP System Log page Use the AP System Log page to view the device system log and to download the log file to the accessing PC device Figure 32 AP System Log page G Cambium Networks combiumoevice Access Point 0 FA EB o amp Administrator Quick Search Monitor gt System Log PR Home Syslog Display 9 Disabled Enabled Z Quick Start Syslog File D Configuration J Monitor Performance w System D Wireless B GPS 8 Network System Log I Tools Table 56 AP System Log attributes Attribute Meaning Syslog Display Enabled The system log file is displayed on the management GUI Disabled The system log file is hidden on the management GUI Download Use this button to download the full system log file to a connected PC or device 128 e PMP AP TOOLS MENU The AP Tools menu provides several options for upgrading device software configuration backup restore analyzing RF spectrum testing device throughput and running ping and traceroute tests AP Software Upgrade page on page 130 AP Backup Restore page on page 132 AP eDetect page on page 135 AP Spectrum Analyzer page on page 138 AP Automatic Channel Selection page on page 141 AP Wireless Link Test page on page 143 AP Ping page on page 144 AP Traceroute page on page 145 CAMBIUM NETWORKS 129 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Softwa
9. FCC AND IC APPROVED ANTENNAS For connectorized units operating in the USA or Canada choose external antennas from Table 27 These are approved by the FCC for use with the product and are constrained by the following limits e 5 GHz 15 dBi gain e 2 4 GHz 15 dBi gain Ww Caution Using other than approved antennas may cause measurements higher than reported for certification Ww Caution This radio transmitter IC certification number 109W 0005 has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated Antenna types not included in this list having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type are strictly prohibited for use with this device Le pr sent metteur radio Num ro de certification IC 109W 0005 a t approuv par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d antenne num r s ci dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l imp dance requise pour chaque type d antenne Les types d antenne non inclus dans cette liste ou dont le gain est sup rieur au gain maximal indiqu sont strictement interdits pour l exploitation de l metteur 53 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 27 Allowed antennas for deployment in USA Canada 5 GHz Cambium part number Antenna Type Gain dBi C050900D003A 5 GHz Sector Antenna 90 degree 15 C050900D002A 5 GHz Sector
10. Figure 10 Un synced connectorized radio sector antenna The un synced connectorized unit is designed to be attached to a Cambium ePMP sector antenna or with a non Cambium antenna 47 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO INTERFACES The un synced connectorized radio with interfaces are illustrated in Figure 11 and described in Table 21 Figure 11 Un synced connectorized radio interfaces Antenna port V Antenna port H __ AUXILLARY ETHERNET PRIMARY ETHERNET Table 21 Un synced connectorized radio interfaces Name Connector Interface Description Ant Ant i ES RP SMA female SL To from H polarized antenna port port H H polarization Ant Ant l E RP SMA female i es To from V polarized antenna port port V V polarization PoE i Proprietary power over Ethernet PoE twisted Primary oE input pair for powering via CMM3 CMM4 RJ45 P 10109 Base Management and data TX Ethernet g Auxiliary Cambium Ethernet RJ45 propriety PoE Propriety 30V PoE output for auxiliary devices future output data not 802 3af standard Poe release bridging For resetting the radio and for resetting the Reset adio back to its fact default figuration a Physical button N A radio back to its factory default configuration see Using the device external reset button on page 217 48 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO LEDS Function
11. Backup Restore 49 eDetect all Spectrum Analyzer Wireless Link Test Ping LT Traceroute Tools gt Traceroute Traceroute IP Address Fragmentation F OFF ON Trace method ICMPECHO UDP Display TTL l orF ON Verbose v g oF ON Start Traceroute Traceroute Results Table 81 SM Traceroute attributes Attribute Meaning Traceroute IP Address Enter the IP address of the target of the traceroute diagnostic Fragmentation F ON Allow source and target to fragment probe packets OFF Do not fragment probe packets on source or target Trace method l ICMP ECHO Use ICMP ECHO for traceroute probes UDP Use UDP for traceroute probes Display TTL l ON Display TTL values for each hop on the route OFF Suppress display of TTL values for each hop on the route Verbose v Traceroute Results ON ICMP packets other than TIME_EXCEEDED and UNREACHABLE are displayed in the output OFF Suppress display of extraneous ICMP messaging Displays the results of the traceroute diagnostics 197 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Radius Server INSTALLING FREE RADIUS ON UBUNTU 12 04 LTS To install the Radius server on Ubuntu 12 04 LTS follow these instructions 1 On the free radius web page http freeradius org download the latest package currently 3 0 0 either from the main page or the download page 2 Extract the archive file by using th
12. Green Power is applied to the device Unlit No power is applied to the device or improper power source Main Primary Ethernet port indicator Once lit blinking indicates Ethernet activity Green 10 100BaseTX link Auxiliary Secondary Ethernet port indicator Once lit blinking indicates Ethernet activity Green 10 100BaseTX link Radio scanning LEDs light in an ascending sequence to indicate that the radio is scanning Radio registered LEDs light to indicate the RSSI level at the device LED POWER ETH 1 ETH 2 RSI 70 dBm gt 60 lt RSSI lt dBm 60 dBrm Reserved for future release O sodim O nesi O lt rssis O lt 20 o 70 dBm O dm 49 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO SPECIFICATIONS The ePMP un synced connectorized radio conforms to the specifications listed in Table 22 and Table 23 The connectorized module meets the low level static discharge specifications identified in Electromagnetic compatibility EMC compliance on page 273 and provides internal surge suppression but does not provide lightning suppression For a full listing of connectorized radio specifications see Connectorized Radio Specifications on page 310 Table 22 Un synced connectorized radio physical specifications Category Specification Dimensions H x W x D Radio 227 x 88 x 33 mm 8 9 x 3 5 x 1 3 Antenna 529 x 124 x 53 mm 20 8 x 4 9 x 2 1 We
13. Network Entry Authentication Total number of failed Network Entry Attempts by all the SMs on the AP Failures Radar DFS Total number of DFS events that were detected by the AP Detections CPU Usage Total instantaneous CPU usage on the AP 118 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Attribute Meaning Subscriber Module Statistics MAC Address MAC Address of the SM connected to the AP Total Uplink Total amount of traffic received via the AP s wireless interface from this SM in Kbits Total Uplink Packets Total number of packets received via the AP s wireless interface from this SM Uplink Packet Drops Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the AP s Ethernet interface due to RF errors packet integrity error and other RF related packet error from this SM Total Downlink Total amount of traffic transmitted out of the AP s wireless interface in Kbits Total Downlink Packets Total number of packets transmitted out of the AP s wireless interface Downlink Packet Drops Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the AP s Wireless interface due to RF errors No acknowledgement and other RF related packet error Downlink Capacity Packet Drops Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the AP s Wireless interface due to capacity issues data buffer queue overflow or other performance or internal packet errors
14. an internal heater is activated to ensure that the device is able to successfully begin operation The unit s heater is only activated when the unit is powered on and will not apply heat to the device once startup is complete When the unit temperature is greater than 32 F 0 C the heater is deactivated and the unit continues its startup sequence The effect on device startup time at various temperatures is defined in Table 7 Table 7 Connectorized module startup times based on ambient temperature Initial Startup time from power on to operational Temperature 22 F 30 C 20 minutes 4 F 20 C 6 minutes 14 F 10 C 2 minutes 30 seconds CONNECTORIZED MODULE AND EXTERNAL ANTENNA LOCATION Find a location for the device and external antenna that meets the following requirements e The equipment is high enough to achieve the best radio path e People can be kept a safe distance away from the equipment when it is radiating The safe separation distances are defined in Calculated distances and power compliance margins on page 275 e The equipment is lower than the top of the supporting structure tower mast or building or its lightning air terminal e The location is not subject to excessive wind loading For more information see Connectorized Module wind loading on page 38 37 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONNECTORIZED MODULE WIND LOADING Ensure that the device and the structure on which it is mount
15. e Frequency range w Caution To avoid possible enforcement action by the country regulator always operate links in accordance with local regulations 22 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS PMP NETWORKS Using frequency planning Frequency planning is the exercise of assigning operating channels to PMP units so as to minimize RF interference between links Frequency planning must consider interference from any PMP unit to any other PMP unit in the network Low levels of interference normally allow for stable operation and high link capacity The frequency planning task is made more straightforward by use of the following techniques e Using several different channels e Separating units located on the same mast e Configuring a 5 MHz guard band between adjacent sector operating band edges For help with planning networks see System planning You can also contact your Cambium distributor or re seller 23 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS FURTHER READING ON WIRELESS OPERATION For information on planning wireless operation see The regulatory restrictions that affect radio spectrum usage such as frequency range and radar avoidance is described under Radio spectrum planning on page 61 The factors to be taken into account when planning links such as range path loss and data throughput are described under Link planning on page 64 The safety specifications against which the ePMP has been tested are listed under Compliance with safety s
16. foe ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Three level priority Voice High Low with ALITY OF SERVICE Qy Or S packet classification by DSCP COS VLAN ID IP amp MAC Addr Broadcast Multicast and Subscriber Module Priority ANTENNA Options Antennas for 90 or 120 sectors are available TRANSMIT POWER RANGE 20 to 30 dBm combined to regional EIRP limit 1 dB interval ANTENNA GAIN 15 dBi 90 sector MAXIMUM TRANSMIT POWER 30 dBm combined 5 8 GHz Band ANTENNA CONNECTION 50 Q RP Rev SURGE SUPPRESSION 1 Joule Integrated ENVIRONMENTAL IP55 TEMPERATURE 30 C to 55 C 22 F to 131 F WEIGHT 4 5 kg 10 Ibs with antenna 0 52 kg 1 1 Ibs without antenna WIND SURVIVAL 190 km hour 118 mi hour with antenna DIMENSIONS H x W x D Radio 26 9 x 11 x 7 7 cm 10 6 x 4 3 x 3 0 in Antenna excl brackets 80 4 x 16 x 6 3 cm 31 7 x 6 3 x 2 5 in Security ENCRYPTION 128 bit AES CCMP mode Certifications FCCID Z8H89FT0006 INDUSTRY CANADA CERT 109W 0006 CE EN 302 502 v1 2 1 EN 301 893 v1 7 1 31 LO ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 110 Un synced Connectorized Radio specifications 2 4 GHz PART NUMBERS C024900A021A MODEL NUMBERS C024900P021A CHANNEL SPACING Configurable on 5 MHz increments FREQUENCY RANGE 2402 2472 MHz 20 MHz 2407 2472 MHz 40 MHz CHANNEL WIDTH 20 MHz or 40 MHz MAC MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL LAYER Cambium Proprietar
17. 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 Thailand 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 30 None 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Turkmenistan 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 36 for PMP U S Virgin 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 AP No limit Islands aren S850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz a for other None modes 295 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Freauene Valid Center Valid Center Conducte Country San T Frequency for Frequency for d Power EIRP Power DFS S 20 MHz Band 40 MHz Band 32 dBm 2 5735 to 5815 5745 to 5805 Configured Uganda S every 5 MHz every 5 MHz gg Antenna No Gain 3 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Ukraine 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 5735 to 5785 United 5725 5795 every 5 MHz 5745 to 5775 23 36 ETSI Kingdom 5815 5850 5825 to 5840 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 36 for PMP 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 AP No limit United States 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 for other None modes 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Uzbekistan 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 5735 to 5840 5745 to 5830 Venezuela 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 None 5735 to 5840 5745 to 5830 Vietnam 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 30 None 5795 MHz to 5815 MHz band is assigned for Road Transport and Traffic Telematics RTTT 296 e PMP Table 102 Regulatory limits 2 4 GHz CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center Frequency Conducted Country ranges Frequency for
18. Defines the address range of the connected IP network For example if WAN IP Address is configured to 192 168 2 1 and WAN IP Subnet Mask is configured to 255 255 255 0 the device wireless interface will belong to subnet 192 168 2 X Wireless Gateway Configure the IP address of a computer on the current network that acts as a gateway A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks Preferred DNS Server Configure The IP address of the primary server used for DNS resolution Alternate DNS Server Ethernet MTU Configure The IP address of the secondary server used for DNS resolution Maximum Transmission Unit the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error Ethernet Port Configuration Disabled When disabled the LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured Enabled When enabled the AP will auto negotiate the LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it Port Speed With Ethernet Port Configuration disabled the LAN Ethernet port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps Port Duplex Mode With Ethernet Port Configuration disabled the LAN Ethe
19. Downlink Retransmitted Packets Total number of packets re transmitted after transmitting out of the AP s Wireless interface due to the packets not being received by the SM Downlink Packets per MCS Uplink Packets per Packets transmitted for every modulation mode used by the radio s receiver side based on radio conditions Packets received for every modulation mode used by the radio s receiver MCS side based on radio conditions Downlink Frame Time Total Frame Time Used Percentage of frame time used in the downlink Uplink Frame Time Total Frame Time Used Percentage of frame time used in the uplink 119 CAMBIUM NETWORKS ePMP AP System page Use the System Status page to reference key system information Figure 28 AP System Status page Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Cambium Device Quick Search amp Home K Quick Start D Configuration J4 Monitor a Performance in System gt gt Wireless B GPS 8 Network system Log S Tools Monitor gt System Hardware Version 5 GHz GPS Synchronized Radio Firmware Version U Boot 9350_PX 1 1 4 a Sep 12 2013 01 04 00 Software Version Active Bank 2 1 RC21 Software Version Inactive Bank 2 1 RC20 Date and Time 09 Jul 2014 05 21 25 CDT System Uptime 20 hours 45 minutes Wireless MAC Address 00 04 56 CO 6E AE Ethernet MAC Address 00 04 56 CO 6E AD DFS Status Not Available Table 52 AP S
20. FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE IE9 js The MIT License MIT Copyright c 2004 2010 Dean Edwards Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 233 e PMP busybox CAMBIUM NETWORKS A note on GPL versions BusyBox is distributed under version 2 of the General Public License included in its entirety below Version 2 is the only version of this license which this version of BusyBox or modified
21. INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify dnsmasq it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation version 2 dated June 1991 or at your option version 3 dated 29 June 2007 See full license text on page 234 dropbear Dropbear contains a number of components from different sources hence there are a few licenses and authors involved All licenses are fairly non restrictive 240 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS The majority of code is written by Matt Johnston under the license below Portions of the client mode work are c 2004 Mihnea Stoenescu under the same license Copyright c 2002 2008 Matt Johnston Portions copyright c 2004 Mihnea Stoenescu All rights reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy
22. SM Performance page Use the Performance page to monitor system status and statistics to analyze and troubleshoot network performance and operation Figure 46 SM Performance page Quick Search Y A Home F Quick start D Configuration System D Wireless B GPS 8 Network E system Log S Tools lt Monitor gt Performance Time Since Last Reset Ethernet Statistics Transmitted Total Traffic 84698 kbits Total Packets 12522 Packet Errors 0 Packet Drops 0 Multicast Broadcast Traffic Okbits Broadcast Packets 1 Multicast Packets 0 Wireless Statistics Downlink Total Traffic 0 Kbits Total Packets 0 Error Drop Packets 0 Multicast Broadcast Traffic O Kbits Broadcast Packets 0 Multicast Packets 0 System Statistics Session Drops Device Reboots Radar DFS Detections CPU Usage Downlink Packets per MCS MG 0 0 0 MCS 1 o 0 MCS 2 0 0 MCS 3 0 0 MCs 4 o 0 MG S 0 0 MCS 6 o 0 MCcS7 0 0 MCS 8 o 0 MCS 9 0 0 MCS 10 0 0 MCS 11 0 0 MCS 12 0 0 MCS 13 o 0 MCS 14 0 0 MCs 15 o 0 0000 00 29 31 Ethernet Statistics Received Total Traffic Total Packets Packet Errors Packet Drops Multicast Broadcast Traffic Broadcast Packets Multicast Packets Wireless Statistics Uplink Total Traffic Total Packets Error Drop Packets Capacity Drop Packets Retransmission Packets Multicast Broadcast Traffic Broadcast Packets Multicas
23. access to the device management interface Read Only Provide the Read Only Username in this box Username Read Only Provide the password that can be used for Read only access Password Password character display may be toggled using the visibility icon Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP Read Only Community String Specify a control string that can allow a Network Management Station NMS such as the Cambium Networks Services Server CNSS to read SNMP information No spaces are allowed in this string This password will never authenticate an SNMP user or an NMS to read write access The SNMP Read only Community String value is clear text and is readable by a packet monitor Read Write Community String Specify a control string that can allow a Network Management Station NMS to access SNMP information No spaces are allowed in this string Traps Disabled SNMP traps for system events are not sent from the device Enabled SNMP traps for system events are not sent to the servers configured in table SNMP Trap Servers Trap Community String Configure a SNMP Trap Community String which is processed by the servers configured in SNMP Trap Servers This string is used by the trap server to decide whether or not to process the traps incoming from the device i e for traps to successfully be received by the trap server the community string must match Trap Servers The SNMP Trap
24. but NOT CMM3 For instructions on how to configure Frequency Reuse Mode to ensure that interference is reduced throughout the deployment see Figure 20 Figure 20 Frequency reuse configuration example 94 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Attribute Meaning The rules in selecting the APs to enabling the Frequency Reuse Mode in this deployment are 1 Only ONE of the APs on the same tower configured with the same frequency must be configured with the Frequency Reuse Mode parameter set to Frequency Reuse Back the other AP must be configured with Frequency Reuse Mode set to Frequency Reuse Front Also APs on different towers facing each other with overlapped coverage must be configured with Frequency Reuse Mode set to Frequency Reuse Back The GPS sync source is a mixture of all types CMM3 CMM4 amp onboard GPS In this configuration the GPS sync source in the whole network is one of the following 1 CMM3 and onboard GPS or 2 CMM3 and CMM4 or 3 CMM3 and CMM4 and onboard GPS For more examples of which APs to enable the Frequency Reuse Mode feature in this mixture of sync sources see Figure 21 and Figure 22 Figure 21 Example 1 Frequency reuse configuration mixture of GPS synchronization sources 95 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning SYNC Source GPS CMM4 SYNC Source GPS CMM4 SYNC Source CMM3 SYNC Source GPS CMM4 SYNC
25. coordinates Figure 30 AP GPS Status page Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Cambium Device A Quick Search PE Home KF Quick start D configuration M Monitor performance EE system _ gt Wireless Monitor gt GPS Internal GPS Latitude 42 05332 degrees Internal GPS Longitude 088 02553 degrees Internal GPS Height 237 6 meters GPS time Greenwich Mean Time 10 34 50 GPS Firmware Version AXN_1 51_2838 Satellites Tracked 10 Satellites Visible 11 Satellites gang B GPS s painting jisi 8 Network system Log S Tools 20 31 tracked 12 33 tracked 1 37 tracked 14 35 tracked 31 32 tracked 22 34 tracked 32 38 tracked 25 36 tracked 18 33 tracked 11 33 tracked 36 0 visible Table 54 AP GPS Status page attributes Attribute Meaning Internal GPS On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field is automatically populated Latitude with the Device Latitude information from the on board GPS chip Internal GPS On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field is automatically populated Longitude with the Device Longitude information from the on board GPS chip Internal GPS Height On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field is automatically populated with the Device height above sea level from the on board GPS chip GPS Time Greenwich Mean Time On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field is automatically populated with the time from the on board GPS chip 124 e PMP A
26. ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 58 AP Backup Restore attributes Attribute Meaning Backup Configuration Configuration File Text Editable Choosing this option will download the configuration file Format in the json format and can be viewed and or edited using a standard text editor Binary Secured Choosing this option will download the configuration file in the bin format and cannot be viewed and or edited using an editor Use this format for a secure backup Restore Configuration Select File Click Browse to select a local file located on the device accessing the web management interface for restoring the device configuration Factory Default Configuration Reset to Factory Use this button to reset the device to its factory default configuration Defaults Ww Caution A reset to factory default configuration resets all device parameters The AP will cease to transmit and any registered SMs loses their session 134 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP eDetect page The eDetect tool is used to measure the 802 11 interference at the ePMP radio or system when run from the AP on the current operating channel When the tool is run the ePMP device processes all frames received from devices not connected to the ePMP system and collects the interfering frame s information such as MAC Address RSSI and MCS Use the AP eDetect page to perform the following functions e Collect information about interferer
27. power The guide is available online at ttp www cambiumnetworks com LTE Duss HE E221154 Imax 5OOMA MADE IN CHINA MC A A ono mn MSN 6069N i GE ESN 0A003EA005 FCC ID verre IC 109W 0005 Vin 22V 56V San CAUTION Class 2 only oz Wherever necessary the end user is responsible for obtaining any National licenses required to operate this product and these must be obtained before using the product in any particular country Contact the appropriate national administrations for details on the conditions of use for the bands in question and any exceptions that might apply 306 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS 5 8 GHz European Union notification The ePMP is a Class 2 device as it operates on frequencies that are not harmonized across the EU Currently the product may only be operated in the UK Eire IRL Germany Norway and Denmark However the regulatory situation in Europe is changing and the radio spectrum may become available in other countries in future See www ero dk for further information The operator is responsible for obtaining any national licenses required to operate this product and these must be obtained before using the product in any particular country PN caution This equipment operates as a secondary application so it has no rights against harmful interference even if generated by similar equipment and must not cause harmful interference on systems operating as primary application
28. sees sese eee eee esse ee eee eee eee 54 POWOr SUDDIV WWGINACOS eiccccnstccccartidcwavaradcwanacetcwacasedccanacsdanadecudadtavssestsdusuadsdduscunddacmadsdeuccds 55 Power supply specifications see eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 56 Power supply IOCALIOM iaiia aanne i a AAE EEE EEE AE EA EA 56 Ethernetcablhing HHH 57 Ethernet standards and cable lengths sese 57 Outdoor Cat5 Cabs sicacsccsssetensrsesuatieadanccnsaustacadeuenansneustadsentanvcauntanisadensuvenenaticctunianeriadl 57 Surge Suppression UnIL eee esse ee eee eee ee eee 58 Cambium 600SSH COLA oc sccieec5 co cceccccesccdcerecdeniecdtcccecnddnceslan scan aaaaian anaes 59 Systemi plaNNING sasratecassnscarasanuiansbavivasaunantasduanaveraannutershaninsriabeniardbepiesasenentarnbaritennsiehs 60 Radio spectrum planning viseieriisnincesstirnstanetswiinedesciiudensxmuedsuunedecsmnvnesvenswecubiunineyenndtel 61 General wireless specifications 61 Regulatory IMTS sssi annaa ieai EAN a aaaeaii 62 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Conforming to the URS acs scence bn ciccedecasdcetenctecedtaandcadeadeccedendadeascebincataclnccacacdaacalachencacend 62 Available Spett UNM srice Adie andi acne aa aa a aE EA a E Sa F ena EERE 62 Channel STs Ts 12 nsn ai an RELEE EELEE EE AEAT 63 Avoidance of weather FADES ix sss 63 Link planning dsc asics src npc aaa adenan araa a vba age a naa ca Ta eae aAA ANNA EKETE NEARER 64 Range and ODStacle sincan seed echnanacucuh aa su veadueenscdeusuuvenaueennsduesee 64 PU WlOSS sr
29. sss sss ssss see sese essen 272 Compliance with safety standarde sss ss eess sees eee eenn 273 ElecthiGal Safely COMP WANG ess casec os cesac chs scsccedenescctssneselpasuesctenssesdednkaniseacdnatunssivatactdiedencss 273 Electromagnetic compatibility EMC compliance sss eee esse eee eee 273 Human exposure to radio frequency energy sese eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 274 Compliance with radio regulations ccccccccsssessssseeeeeeeseenseeasseeeeeeeeseeeaaaaesseeeeessasanaaaes 281 Type approval Siirsin aa aa r aE a a Eaa aaa AE a aa i ia ai 281 FCC and E TSI compliance Testing lt vsszsssrsaszssstszeza ass s2assssx szt nabasi inaidai aa aaria EADE 281 Examples of regulatory mts 283 Notification S oissiiiuirnirsnuiu anaandaa enaa raaa a Eaa ead aaa Naaa EEan aaa 300 2 4 GHz 5 4 GHz regulatory Compliance 300 5 8 GHz regulatory Compliance 304 Thailand notification sse ee ee eee 308 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Data Thr OUGN DUE tables iinccisancseicineiceindieaantinirxieneuansctisiantdudatniinienacinsainiends 309 Data throughput CapaCity cccceeeec cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeeesaaaaaaaeeeeseeeeeaaaaaaes 309 Radio Specifications sssri p a a aa a uaamanatuncree 310 Connectorized Radio Specifications 310 Integrated Radio Specifications cicccccsdccacccddccceccsccnnaccsccctecctdenncccstesnansnccscccsedssdecseecscseueees 314 Un synced Connectorized Radio Specifications sese 318 Eer a A E E E E T E E T T E 322
30. this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eav cryptsoft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related 4 If you include any Windows specific code or a derivative thereof from the apps directory application code you must include an acknowledgement This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY 258 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR
31. v2 2 or v3 x or whatever unless explicitly otherwise stated Linus Torvalds GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin St Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed See full license text on page 234 Driver for keys on GPIO lines capable of generating interrupts Copyright 2005 Phil Blundell This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify jt under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation OpenWrt GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA 226 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed See full license text on page 234 Copyright c 2007 Wolfgan Denk DENIX Software Engeneering uboot wd denix de C Copyright 2000 2005 Wolfgang Denk DENX Software Engineering wd denx de See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this project This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as pub
32. 190 km hour 118 mi hour with antenna DIMENSIONS H x W x D Security Radio 26 9 x 11 x 7 7 cm 10 6 x 4 3 x 3 0 in Antenna excl brackets 80 4 x 16 x 6 3 cm 31 7 x 6 3 x 2 5 in ENCRYPTION 128 bit AES CCMP mode Certifications FCCID Z8H89FTO006 INDUSTRY CANADA CERT 109W 0006 CE EN 302 502 v1 2 1 EN 301 893 v1 7 1 321 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Glossary Table 111 Glossary Term Definition AES Advanced Encryption Standard ANSI American National Standards Institute AP Access Point CINR Carrier to Interference plus Noise Ratio CMM Cluster Management Module CNSS Cambium Network Services Server DFS Dynamic Frequency Selection EIRP Equivalent lsotropically Radiated Power EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMD Electromagnetic Discharge ETH Ethernet ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute FCC Federal Communications Commission FEC Forward Error Correction GPS Global Positioning System GUI Graphical User Interface HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol IC Industry Canada IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IP Internet Protocol LAN Local Area Network LED Light Emitting Diode LOS Line of Sight MIMO Multiple In Multiple Out MTU Maximum Transmission Unit nLOS Near Line of Sight NTP Network Time Protocol OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing PC Personal Co
33. 2 6 MCS 34 20 0 mes 14 2917 3 4 MCS 15 38486 40 2 mcs 15 86106 92 9 Downlink Frame Tiree Uplink Frame Time Tote Frame Time Used s x Total Frome Time Used 100 116 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 51 AP Performance page attributes Attribute Meaning Time Since Last Reset Time since the stats were last reset Ethernet Statistics Transmitted Total Traffic Total Packets Total amount of traffic in Kbits transferred from the AP s Ethernet interface Total number of packets transferred from the AP s Ethernet interface Packet Errors Total number of packets transmitted out of the AP s Ethernet interface with errors due to collisions CRC errors or irregular packet size Packet Drops Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the AP s Ethernet interface due to Ethernet setup or filtering issues Multicast Broadcast Traffic Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic in Kbits sent via the AP s Ethernet interface Broadcast Packets Total number of broadcast packets sent via the AP s Ethernet interface Multicast Packets Total number of multicast packets sent via the AP s Ethernet interface Ethernet Statistics Received Total Traffic Total amount of traffic in Kbits received by the AP s Ethernet interface Total Packets Total number of packets received by the AP s Ethernet interface Packet Errors
34. 204 254 wv System Preferred DNS Server 10 120 12 30 a Network Alternate DNS Server alana Security Ethernet MTU 1500 Z bytes min 576 max 1700 dp Monitor Ethernet Port Configuration Manual Auto Negotiate S Tools Port Speed 10M 100M 1000M Port Duplex Mode Half Full Spanning Tree Protocol 9 Disabled Enabled DHCP Servers Below SM 9 Disabled Enabled Virtual Local Area Network VLAN Management VLAN Disabled Enabled Management VLAN ID min 1 max 4094 Management VLAN Priority min 0 max 7 Data VLAN 9 Disabled Enabled Data VLAN ID min 1 max 4094 Data VLAN Priority min 0 max 7 eee ES VLAN ID Begin VLAN ID End 165 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 69 SM Network attributes Bridge mode Attribute Meaning General Network Mode NAT The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header source or destination Bridge The SM acts as a switch and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address IP Assignment IP Address Static Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields Device IP Address LAN IP Subnet Mask LAN Gateway IP Address LAN and DNS Server IP Address LAN DHCP Device management IP addressing IP address subnet mask gateway and DNS server is assigned via a network DHCP server and parameters Device IP Address LAN IP Subnet Mask LAN Gateway IP Address L
35. 43 AP dashboard attributes Attribute Meaning Device Name The configured device name of the AP used for identifying the device in an NMS such as the Cambium Network Services Server CNSS AP SSID Operating Frequency The current configured name SSID of the AP The current frequency carrier used for radio transmission based on the configuration of the Frequency Carrier parameter in DFS regions if a radar has been detected this field may display either DFS Alternate Frequency Carrier 1 or DFS Alternate Frequency Carrier 2 77 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Operating Channel Bandwidth Transmitter Output Power The current channel bandwidth used for radio transmission based on the configuration of the Channel Bandwidth parameter The current operating transmit power of the AP Antenna Gain The configured gain of the external antenna Country The current configured country code which has an effect on DFS operation and transmit power restrictions Registered Subscriber Modules will inherit this country code when registration is complete unless SM is locked to US region Downlink Uplink Frame Ratio The current configured schedule of downlink traffic to uplink traffic on the radio link In other words this ratio represents the amount of the total radio link s aggregate throughput that will be used for downlink resources and the amount of the total radio li
36. 5725 5660to5715 5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5495 to 5590 5510 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz United States 650 5725 5660105705 5670to5695 T poi every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Uzbekistan 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Venezuela 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 30 None 1 The band 5600 MHz to 5650 MHz is reserved for the use of weather radars 292 e PMP Table 101 Regulatory limits 5 8 5 9 GHz CAMBIUM NETWORKS Frog ene Valid Center Valid Center Conducte Country Gibe as T Frequency for Frequency for d Powar EIRP Power DFS g 20 MHz Band 40 MHz Band 5735 to 5815 5745 to 5805 Argentina 5725 5825 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None l 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Armenia 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 Australia 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 None e 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Azerbaijan 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None l 5735 to 5840 5745 to 5830 Bahrain 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 33 ETSI Bangladesh 5725 5825 NA We pe let 30 None 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Belarus 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 5735 to 5865 5745 to 5855 Botswana 5725 5875 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 40 No 36 for PMP l 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 AP No limit Brazi 942979830 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 for other Nong modes 36 for PMP 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 AP
37. 8b de 60 db e5 eb b3 de 09 30 3 b a9 68 40 f7 f8 84 f4 6c b2 24 3 d ed 45 a3 8a 66 99 40 a9 53 0 c 75 e3 df f3 ef 20 0 c a6 3f f2 dd e9 1c f5 d1 c1 32 4 c 44 fd c1 a2 d9 e6 e0 dc 04 0 c f8 dd 9e 31 aa 9d 60 b0 84 d2 e0 b7 a5 eb 82 31 4 f 71 c4 ee ab 5c 8e ef 8c a1 1a 2a 62 e9 e9 36 ff 12 b9 c9 ac Oe 4d ac 08 97 87 d2 30 2 f 41 a1 9e ef 8b bf c6 cf 66 70 02 ab 204 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS 2d b0 9c 56 b8 13 e8 92 59 f5 d9 33 d7 33 6 a 7c cb 9b 92 ee 4b 22 32 73 59 70 3 f b1 f6 1b 67 1 d 28 eb bb 4b 5e 61 95 43 78 d5 3b db e1 37 f1 ec Od db 50 65 22 cb f4 f9 b8 2a c6 1f 2b e9 f8 64 03 4 f 36 dc 72 8 e be 3d 12 8 a ca 8b 95 Exponent 65537 0x10001 X509v3 extensions X509v3 Subject Key Identifier 4C 80 F5 82 4 C A4 52 DF 9E 0C 0D 64 74 68 1 E 45 F6 C1 C7 68 X509v3 Authority Key Identifier keyid 4C 80 F5 82 4 C A4 52 DF 9E 0C 0D 64 74 68 1 E 45 F6 C1 C7 68 DirName C UA ST Euro L Kiev O Cambium Networks OU Cambium CN cambium root CA emailAddress admin cambium com serial EA 30 7 B 69 A2 13 0 C 70 X509v3 Basic Constraints CA TUAE Signature Algorithm md5WithRSAEncryption 57 db Od 2b 27 eb Oa 97 7 f b1 37 b3 d1 d7 14 a6 80 66 3d 7c 00 4 a 45 1 f 7c 2b 5e 30 b2 72 7
38. CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center Frequency Frequency Frequency Conducted EIRP COUNTY range for 20 MHz for 40 MHz Power Power ore Band Band E 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Azerbaijan 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Belarus 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 E 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Boigu 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 TR ae Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 Bosnia and 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz 15 30 ETSI Herzegovina 5650 5725 5660 to 5715 5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Brazil 5470 5725 every MHz every SMHz 16 30 FCC 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Bulgaria 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 TR ag Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5495 to 5590 5510 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Canada 5650 5725 5660 to 5705 5670to 5695 14 a9 das every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Chile 5470 5725 every BMHz every SMH 16 30 FCC 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Colombia 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 30 FCC 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Croatia 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670 to5705 39 Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Cyprus 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 a9 Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 Czech 547
39. Carrier The current operating frequency of the visible AP Bandwidth The current operating channel bandwidth of the visible AP 179 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Attribute Meaning SNR The current measured Signal to Noise Ratio of the SM to AP link RSSI The current measured Received Signal Strength Indicator at the AP Meets Network Entry Criteria Yes The scanned AP meets the Network Entry criteria defined by the internal Network Algorithm No The scanned AP does not meet the Network Entry criteria defined by the internal Network Algorithm Network Entry State The indication of the result of the SM s network entry attempt Successful SM registration is successful Failed Out of Range The SM is out of the AP s configured maximum range Max Range parameter Failed Capacity limit reached at AP The AP is no longer allowing SM network entry due to capacity reached Failed No Allocation on AP The SM to AP handshaking failed due to a misconfigured pre shared key between the SM and AP Failed SW Version Incompatibility The version of software resident on the AP is older than the software version on the SM Failed PTP Mode ACL Policy The AP is configured with PTP Access set to MAC Limited and the SM s MAC address is not configured in the AP s PTP MAC Address field Failed Other The AP does not have the required available memory to allow network entry Time since last NE attempt Thi
40. City Organization Name Ex Cambium Networks Organizational Unit Name Ex Cambium Common Name Ex cambium root CA Email Address Ex admin cambium com Generating the certificate you must enter a passphrase with a closed key CA and then to fill in the required fields company name email etc the most important of these is the Common Name the unique name of the certification center In this case as the Common name was chosen cambium root CA view the resulting certificate command as shown below openssl x509 noout text in cambium ca crt As a result we see Certificate Data Version 3 0x2 Serial Number ea 30 7 b 69 a2 13 0 c 70 Signature Algorithm md5WithRSAEncryption Issuer C UA ST Euro L Kiev O Cambium Networks OU Cambium CN cambium root CA email address admin cambium com Issued to by us that is self signed Validity Not Before Dec 9 2005 11 34 29 GMT Not After Dec 7 2015 11 34 29 GMT Validity of the certificate Subject C UA ST Euro L Kiev O Cambium Networks OU Cambium CN cambium root CA email address admin cambium com Filter field certificate Subject Public Key Info Public Key Algorithm rsaEncryption RSA Public Key 2048 bit Modulus 2048 bit 00 cO ff 50 fd a8 eb 07 9 b 17 d1 a9 e2 a5 de 59 a7 97 28 9 f bc a4 01 16 45 37 f5 8d ca 1e 12 ca 25 02 8 a cf ee ae 35 59 ed 57 89 c7 2b 17 9 f
41. Connectorized units can cope with more difficult radio conditions The unit is designed with female RP SMA 50Q antenna connections located at the top of the unit An ePMP connectorized unit may function as an Access Point AP or a Subscriber Module SM in a Point To Multipoint PMP or in a Point To Point PTP network topology AA Note To select antennas RD cables and connectors for connectorized units see Un synced connectorized radio antennas and antenna cabling on page 53 46 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO PART NUMBERS Choose the correct regional variant one is for use in regions where FCC or IC licensing restrictions apply FCC IC and the other is for use in ETSI countries or non FCC IC ETSI restricted regions Each of the parts listed in Table 19 includes the following items e One connectorized unit e One power supply 100 10 Base TX LAN injector Table 19 Un synced Connectorized Radio part numbers Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP Conn 5 GHz no power cord ROW version C050900A021A ePMP Conn 5 GHz EU power cord EU version C050900A023A ePMP Conn 5 GHz US power cord FCC version C058900A122A ePMP Conn 2 4 GHz US power cord C024900A021A Table 20 AP accessory part numbers Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP Power Supply for non GPS Radio no cord spare NOOO900L002A UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO MOUNTING BRACKET
42. D Configuration Trace method I ICMPECHO UDP dp Monitor Display TTL 1 OFF ON S Tools Verbose v OFF ON F Software Upgrade gt SS Backup Restore Traceroute Results 49 eDetect al Spectrum Analyzer KON Automatic Channel Selection A Wireless Link Test Q Ss Ping Table 63 AP Traceroute attributes Attribute Meaning Traceroute IP Address Enter the IP address of the target of the traceroute diagnostic Fragmentation F ON Allow source and target to fragment probe packets OFF Do not fragment probe packets on source or target Trace method 1 ICMP ECHO Use ICMP ECHO for traceroute probes UDP Use UDP for traceroute probes Display TTL l ON Display TTL values for each hop on the route OFF Suppress display of TTL values for each hop on the route Verbose v ON ICMP packets other than TIME_EXCEEDED and UNREACHABLE are displayed in the output OFF Suppress display of extraneous ICMP messaging Traceroute Results Traceroute test results are displayed in the box 145 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Using the SM menu options Use the menu navigation bar in the top and left panels to navigate to each web page The functional area that may be accessed from each menu option is listed under Table 64 Some of the parameters are only displayed for specific system configurations Table 64 Functional areas accessed from each menu option Menu option Menu
43. Entry Cr Yes Network Entry State Success Time since last NE atte 0000 03 11 34 Wireless Security WPA PSK Table 73 SM Wireless page attributes Attribute Meaning Registered AP SSID SSID of the AP to which the SM is registered Registered AP MAC address Wireless MAC address of the AP to which the SM is registered Distance from AP The distance from the AP determined by radio signal propagation delay Operating Frequency The current frequency at which the SM is transmitting and receiving Operating Channel Bandwidth The current channel size at which the SM is transmitting and receiving Downlink RSSI The Received Signal Strength Indicator which is a measurement of the power level being received by the SM s antenna 178 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Downlink SNR The Signal to Noise Ratio which is an expression of the carrier signal quality with respect to signal noise Transmitter Output Power The current power level at which the SM is transmitting Uplink MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme indicates the modulation mode used for the radio uplink based on radio conditions MCS 1 7 9 15 Downlink MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme indicates the modulation mode used for the radio downlink based on radio conditions MCS 1 7 9 15 Power Control Mode from AP Ethernet Interface Open Loop In this mode the SM will no
44. F Wireless Link Test 100 100 xs Ping 00 04 56 C0 0B F6 49 56 47 40 13 15 3 5000 10000 100 gt 100 gt 5 selec ESE Traceroute 00 04 56 C0 0A C1 51 57 45 39 15 15 0 100000 100000 D EE 00 04 56 C0 08 51 P 51 52 45 44 15 15 10000 20000 D D 00 04 56 C0 0B F9 52 57 44 39 15 15 0 100000 100000 GED ED Table 61 AP Wireless Link Test attributes Attribute Meaning m U Test Setup Subscriber Module MAC Address list Enter the MAC Address of one of the connected SMs or simply click the Select button of the SM desired in the Registered Subscriber Modules Packet Size Choose the Packet Size to use for the throughput test Duration Choose the time duration in seconds to use for the throughput test Downlink This field indicates the result of the throughput test on the downlink in Mbps Uplink This field indicates the result of the throughput test on the uplink in Mbps Registered Use the Connected SM List table to monitor registered SMs and their key Subscriber Modules RF status and statistics information Click Select on the SM that is desired to be used in the throughput test 143 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Ping page Use the AP Ping page to conduct a simple test of AP IP connectivity to other devices which are reachable from the network If no ping response is received or if Destination Host Unreachable is reported the target may be down there may be
45. Frequency Carrier 2 Point to Point Access Subscriber Module Wireless MAC Power Control Transmitter Output Power Antenna Gain Subscriber Module Target Receive Level Scheduler Downlink Uplink Ratio Beacon Interval Carrier Sense AP Management Packet Rate Synchronization Synchronization Source synchronization Holdoff Time Access Point Subscriber Module Spectrum Analyzer Other Miles Kilometers Disabled Enabled Cambium AP 60 Z stations min 1 max 120 3 EX miles min 1 max 40 Disabled Enabled 20MHz 40MHz 5670 MHz Off FrontSector Back Sector 20MHz 40MHz 20MHz 40MHz First Subscriber Module MAC Filtering 12 60 75 25 50 50 30 70 Flexible 500msec 1000 msec Disabled Enabled mcso csi GPS CMM Internal 30 F a dBm min 24 max 30 EX dBi min 0 max 30 dBm min 80 max 40 sec min 20 max 86400 91 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 46 AP Radio Configuration attributes Attribute Meaning General Radio Mode This parameter controls the function of the device All ePMP devices may be configured to operate as an Access Point AP Subscriber Module SM or as a Spectrum Analyzer For initial link bring up choose AP Country Range Unit Automatic Channel Selection From the drop down list select the country in
46. MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 ETSI 5835 to 5865 5845 to 5855 India 5825 5875 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 None Indonesia 5725 5825 TOTO PRIS NA 23 36 None every 5 MHz 5740 to 5860 5750 to 5850 Ireland 5725 5875 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 33 None 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Kazakhstan 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 5735 to 5840 5745 to 5830 Kenya 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 None 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Kyrgyzstan 5725 5980 avery 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 5735 to 5785 5745 to 5775 5725 5795 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz Liechtenstein 5155875 5825to5965 5835to5g55 7 SR ia every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5740 to 5860 5750 to 5850 Malaysia 5725 5875 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 30 None Mauritius 5725 5850 799 H SRN NA 23 36 ETSI every 5 MHz 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 Mexico 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 None 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Moldova 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 5740 to 5810 5750 to 5800 New Zealand 5725 5825 avery 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 No earn 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 Nigeria 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 ETSI 5735 to 5785 5745 to 5775 5725 5795 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz aiia 5815 5850 RR2R to RR40 5835to5855 72 SR Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5735 to 5840 5745 to 5830 Oman 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 33 ETSI 294 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Freauene Valid Center Valid Center Conducte Country San T Frequency for Freq
47. Mulncast troadcast Traffic 41120 kbits Broadcat Packets 10748 Broadcast Packets 35679 Multicast Packets 6682 Multicast Pockets 43376 Wireles Maie x lt Gownlin Wireless Statistics Uplink Total Traffic 3448 KEL Total Trafhe 392613 Kbats Total Packets 59347 Total Packets 81591 F Error Drop Packets 6 Error Drop Packets 6 Capacity Oron Packets o Multicast Broadcast Traffic 4210 Kbits Retransmission Packets 415 Broadcast Packets 30263 Multicast Broadcast Traffic 43359 Kbits Multicast Packets 735 Broadcast Packets 45866 Multicast Packets 40216 System Statistics Session Drops 7 Device Reboot R Network Entry Attempts 11 Successful Network Entries u Network Entry Authentication Failures o Radar DFS Detections o CPU Usage 20 Subscriber Module Statisties Sn PT 00 04 55 C0 05 81 28281 Kbits 14921 9 11134 Kbits 9 9 s 60 064 56 C0 04 01 179945 Mas 29746 o 22969 Kbits 70700 6 o 42 OOONSECODDIG 103561 Kbit 29972 9 20987 Kbits 18913 9 9 15 OOD4 S6 C0 08 FD 4407Kbits 6126 9 3842 bs 6152 o 15 Downlink Packets per MCS Uplink Packets per MCS MG 9 o mm Mao o on MCS 1 86117 59 2 mcs 1 205 0 1 MG 9 on MG o iow Mcs3 m MCs 3 o 0 Mesa 9 io mcs 4 iow MCS om mess o 0 MS 6 0 MES 6 0 Mes 7 mm mes7 o 0 mess o mo mese o 0 MGS 231 0 2 mcs9 426 0 5 MCS 10 277 02 MCS 10 830 0 9 MCS 11 233 0 2 MCs 11 713 0 8 MCS az 6s Iw Mes az s2 on MCs 23 31 0 mcs 15 1518
48. Source CMM3 Figure 22 Example 2 Frequency Reuse Configuration with Mixture of GPS sources SYNC Source GPS CMM4 SYNC Source GPS CMM4 SYNC Source GPS CMM4 SYNC Source CMM3 SYNC Source CMM3 The rules in selecting the APs to configure Frequency Reuse Mode to Frequency Reuse Mode to Frequency Reuse Front or Frequency Reuse Back in a mixture of sync sources deployments are 1 Only ONE of the APs on the same tower configured with the same frequency must have Frequency Reuse Mode set to Frequency Reuse Back if the sync source of both APs is the same or the sync is a combination of onboard GPS and CMM4 the 96 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning other AP will have the Frequency Reuse Front ON 2 For the APs on different towers facing each other with overlapped coverage a If both APs have the same sync source then only ONE of them must have the Frequency Reuse Back ON the other AP shall have the Frequency Reuse Front ON b If one AP has onboard GPS as sync source and the other one has CMM4 then only ONE of them must have Frequency Reuse Back ON the other AP shall have Frequency Reuse Front ON c If one AP has onboard GPS or CMM4 as sync source and the other one has CMM3 then i If the AP with CMM3 sync source has Frequency Reuse Back ON then the other AP with onboard GPS or CMM4
49. Table 94 from all persons and must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 281 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS OEM Responsibilities to comply with FCC and Industry Canada Regulations The ePMP Module is certified for integration into products only by OEM integrators under the following conditions 1 The antenna s must be installed such that a minimum separation distance specified in Table 87 Table 88 Table 89 Table 91 Table 92 Table 93 and Table 94 is maintained between the radiator antenna and all persons at all times 2 The transmitter module must not be co located or operate in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter As long as the two conditions above are met further transmitter testing is not required However the OEM integrator is still responsible for testing their end product for any additional compliance requirements required with this module installed for example digital device emissions PC peripheral requirements etc da Note In the event that these conditions cannot be met for certain configurations or co location with another transmitter then the FCC and Industry Canada authorizations are no longer considered valid and the FCC ID cannot be used da Note A Class B Digital Device is a device that is marketed for use in a residential environment notwithstanding use in commercial business and industrial environments Notwithstanding that Cambium Networ
50. a scenario where Radius is not in use for MIR profiles the GUI will be the only place to configure MIR profiles and apply them to the corresponding SMs Configure the MIR profiles in the Configure gt Quality of Service menu option on the AP GUI and apply the corresponding profile in the SM under the same menu option on SM MIR control using only Radius In the case where only the Radius server is being used for MIR profiles all settings in the GUI will be overridden for any SM being managed by the Radius Server In this case create the MIR profile with Subscriber Module usernames and password on the Radius server At the time of registration the AP uses the radius information and applies the corresponding profile to the SM In the wireless statistics page gt Wireless Status the MIR profile from the Radius server along with UL and DL rate information will show up In this scenario the OOS profiles in the AP GUI are irrelevant Multiple SMs across multiple APs can then be managed via Radius Hybrid control using both Radius and MIR profile on the AP GUI The system also supports a hybrid mode where Radius and the GUI OOS profiles can be used simultaneously as long as the same SM does not have a profile associated from the AP amp Radius In case where it is redundant Radius server setting will override the MIR profile settings from the GUI CREATING CERTIFICATE FOR RADIUS SERVER AND SM DEVICE Create your own
51. all Ethernet or wireless traffic respectively Ensure that all firewall rules are specific to the type of traffic which must be denied and that no rules exist in the devices with only Action set to Deny and Interface set to LAN or WAN To regain access to the device perform a factory default Figure 26 AP Security page Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Cambium Device Jos o Quick Search Configuration gt Security A Home Security Options E Quick Start Wireless Security Open wPA2 RADIUS D Configuration WPA2 VD Radio WPA2 Pre shared Key eecccece QoS Quality of Service EZ system RADIUS Security x 10 120 134 128 lt 1812 e ERE B 4h monitor B 10 120 134 77 lt 1812 eecsececsce lt S Tools B 10 120 134 128 1812 g Ssgspgss S lt Server Retries 1 Z min 0 max 5 Server Timeout 5 KE sec min 1 max 20 Firewalls Layer 2 Firewall Disabled Enabled Firewall Rules Layer 3 Firewall Firewall Rules aaa Back to Wide View Disabled Enabled aaa Back to Wide View 113 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 50 AP Security attributes Attribute Meaning Security Options Wireless Security Open All SMs requesting network entry are allowed registration WPA2 The WPA2 mechanism provides AES radio link encryption and SM network entry authentication When enabled the SM must register using the Authentication Pre shared Key configured on the AP
52. and alignment tasks that are performed when an ePMP system is deployed Configure the units by performing the following tasks Preparing for configuration on page 69 Using the web interface on page 72 Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu on page 83 Configuring SM units using the Quick Start menu on page 86 Using the AP menu options on page 89 Using the SM menu options on page 146 68 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Preparing for configuration This section describes the checks to be performed before proceeding with unit configuration SAFETY PRECAUTIONS All national and local safety standards must be followed while configuring the units B Warning Ensure that personnel are not exposed to unsafe levels of RF energy The units start to radiate as soon as they are powered up Respect the safety standards defined in Compliance with safety standards on page 273 in particular the minimum separation distances Observe the following guidelines e Never work in front of the antenna when the AP is powered e Always power down the power supply before connecting or disconnecting the Ethernet cable from the module REGULATORY COMPLIANCE All applicable radio regulations must be followed while configuring the units and aligning the antennas For more information see Compliance with radio regulations on page 278 69 ePMP Connecting to the unit To connect the unit to a management PC use the following pr
53. anen FF wm neor Mode NAT Bridge Wireless iP Assignment Static ONC Wireless IP a rer 10 420 204 2 Wireless Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Wireless Gateway 10 120 204 254 Wireless Security WDAZ pee hared Key esse sss Warung TAP TTS le vreved yine wil perd tu prvelaion mors af Hia nba air terre pape tAr TTS Username BH EAPTTLS Password s 2 Authentication identity String anonymous Authenteation identity Realm Eamblumnetworks com n Cambium AP a EAP TTLS WPA2 Open gt x Cambiuen AP2 a EAP TTLS WPA2 Open D cenba AP a EAP TTLS WPA2 Open a B x Cambium APA Ga EAP TTLS WPA Open a oa Cambium aps lt PARTS WOAZ Open Subscriber Module scanning C 5160 mne O 5165 me C s170 mne O 5175 me O 5180 me O 5185 mre O 5190 see O s195 rar D S200 arar DU 3105 rsr O 319 waar U 315 wa DU 329 mee DU sas mne O 5230 mhe O s235 mie O s240 mre O 3945 me C 5250 mhe O 5255 Mna O s260 mie D s265 mne O srr Mar O 3475 Mar DU saso me C 3455 mee DU s290 me O 5295 Mote O 5300 mez O 5305 mit O 319 m O 315 1 U 39 Mau DU sas Ma O saom C 5335 mre O sse me C sses mu O sss0 mu C 5355 mere O 5240 me C 536s mre O s970 m O 375 mu O semue O sss mu O 3459 mu O sr mu O omi O sos mu O some O sis Ma O moma O 3425 Mars O 90 Mr C 435 Mna O aag mar O sts mu O Yara war U sss mu O seo ma O es mos O rom U sers me O 490 nvr U ses wu O somwa C sos an C s500 Meee C 5505 wnn O 3519 me O sisme O 3559 wu O 45 mu O 380 mwe C s535 vou O 3949 mm C sss mane
54. antennas and antenna cabling on page 39 Figure 3 ePMP Series Connectorized Radio with Sync 32 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONNECTORIZED PART NUMBERS Choose the correct regional variant one is for use in regions where FCC or IC licensing restrictions apply FCC IC and the other is for use in ETSI countries or non FCC IC ETSI restricted regions Each of the parts listed in Table 2 includes the following items e One connectorized unit e One power supply 1000 100 10 Base TX LAN injector The GPS capable parts listed in Table 2 also ship with a GPS antenna Table 2 Connectorized part numbers Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP GPS Conn 5 GHz no power cord ROW version C050900A011A ePMP GPS Conn 5 GHz no power cord EU version C050900A013A ePMP GPS Conn 5 GHz US power cord FCC version C058900A112A ePMP GPS Conn 2 4 GHz US power cord C024900A011A Table 3 AP accessory part numbers Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP Power Supply for GPS Radio no cord spare NOOO900L001A ePMP Power Supply for non GPS Radio no cord spare NOOO900L002A CONNECTORIZED MODULE MOUNTING BRACKET The connectorized unit is designed to be attached to a Cambium ePMP sector antenna see Table 10 The Cambium ePMP sector antenna contains all of the mounting brackets antenna cabling and GPS antenna mounting for device deployment 33 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Fi
55. are illustrated in Figure 8 and described in Table 13 Figure 8 Integrated module interfaces Table 13 Integrated module interfaces Auxiliary Ethernet Primary thernet Port name Connector Interface Description Proprietary power over Ethernet PoE PoE input Primary Ethernet RJ45 twisted pair for powering via CMM3 CMM4 10 100 Base TX Management and data Ethernet Cambium Auxiliary pi a PoE Proprietary 30V PoE output for Ethernet future RJ45 P SENSA auxiliary devices not 802 3af standard output data release PoE bridging 42 ePMP INTEGRATED MODULE LEDS L nas SEO gt 60 18m 000 LED POWER CAMBIUM NETWORKS Function Green Power is applied to the device Unlit No power is applied to the device or improper power source ETH 1 Main Primary Ethernet port indicator Once lit blinking indicates Ethernet activity Green 10 100BaseTX link ETH 2 E K M S 2 Db F 70 dBm lt RSSI lt lt 60 dBm Auxiliary Secondary Ethernet port indicator Once lit blinking indicates Ethernet activity Green 10 100BaseTX link Radio scanning LEDs light in an ascending sequence to indicate that the radio is scanning Radio registered LEDs light to indicate the RSSI level at the device 80 dBm O lt RSSI lt 70 dBm HSS lt 80 dBm MULL 000 INTEGRATED MODULE SPECIFICATIONS The ePMP integrated module conforms
56. bandwidth dBm per channel bandwidth 20 40 All 20 40 MHz MHz bands MHz MHz MCS15 68 65 23 115 112 MCS14 70 67 23 117 114 MCS13 73 70 23 120 117 MCS12 77 74 23 124 121 MCS11 81 79 23 128 126 MCS10 83 80 23 130 127 MCS9 86 84 23 133 131 MCS1 89 87 23 136 134 2 2 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Compliance with safety standards This section lists the safety specifications against which the ePMP has been tested and certified It also describes how to keep RF exposure within safe limits ELECTRICAL SAFETY COMPLIANCE The ePMP hardware has been tested for compliance to the electrical safety specifications listed in Table 85 Table 85 ePMP safety compliance specifications Region Standard USA UL 60950 1 2 Edition Canada CSA C22 2 No 60950 2 Edition International International CB certified and certified to IEC 60950 1 2005 modified plus EN60950 1 2006 A1 2010 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY EMC COMPLIANCE The ePMP complies with European EMC Specification EN301 489 1 with testing carried out to the detailed requirements of EN301 489 4 The EMC specification type approvals that have been granted for ePMP are listed under Table 86 Table 86 EMC emissions compliance Region Specification Type Approvals USA FCC CFR 47 Part 15 class B Canada RSS210 Issue 8 Europe ETSI EN301 489 4 273 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS HUMAN EXPOSURE TO RADIO FREQUENCY ENERGY Standards Relevant stand
57. based on the QoS rules This is the default setting If no rule is defined for a packet then the packet priority will be Low High SM places all data other than VoIP in the High queue It will be given higher priority than SMs configured with Low and Normal when there is contention for bandwidth under the AP Low Low priority will place all data that is not VoIP in Low priority queue It will be given lower priority than SMs configured with High when there is contention for bandwidth under the same AP VoIP queue is the highest priority queue followed by High queue and then by Low queue Higher priority queues have preference over lower priority queues but will not starve them QoS Classification Rules The QoS Classification Rules table contains all of the rules enforced by the device when passing traffic over the radio downlink Traffic passed through the device is matched against each rule in the table when a match is made the traffic is sent over the radio link using the priority defined in column Traffic Priority 153 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Type Details Priority DSCP Differentiated Services Code Point traffic prioritization is based on the 6 bit Differentiated Services field in the IP header present in the Ethernet frame header in the packet entering the Ethernet port CoS Class of Service traffic prioritization is based on the 3 bit heade
58. code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 261 ePMP uClibc CAMBIUM NETWORKS LGPL v2 1 GPL v2 See full license text on page 234 Uboot envtools C Copyright 2002 2006 Wolfgang Denk DENX Software Engineering wd denx de See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this project This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have r
59. com files epmp 2 Clear the cache of the accessing browser On the device GUI navigate to Tools gt Software Upgrade 4 Select the SW Upgrade Option which represents the location of your software upgrade packages 5 Based on the configuration of SW Upgrade Option enter either the Software Upgrade Source Info or click the Browse button and locate the software package 6 Click Upgrade 7 When the upgrade is completed successfully click the Reset icon 187 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Backup Restore page Use the SM Backup Restore page to perform the following functions e Back up the configuration in either text json format or binary bin format e Restore the configuration of using a configuration file that was previously backed up e Reset the device to its factory default configuration For more factory defaulting methods see o Using the device external reset button on page 217 o Resetting the ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling on page 218 Figure 52 SM Backup Restore page Q Cambium eee 5GHz Station1 Subscriber Module 0 a abin d Administrator v Quick Search Tools gt Backup Restore L Home Backup Configuration Z Quick Start Configuration File Format Text Editable Binary Secured Download D Configuration N Monitor 4 Tools d Software Upgrade Backup Restore 409 eDetect Factory Default Configuration Restore Configuration Select File Browse Upload Reset
60. communication across diverse interconnected networks Install Uninstall Oe Properties ok cma General internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties 2 leal You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network suppor this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP address 192 168 O 100 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Default gateway Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server j Alternate DNS server Validate settings upon exit 70 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONNECTING TO THE PC AND POWERING UP Use this procedure to connect a management PC directly to the ePMP for configuration and alignment purposes and to power up the ePMP device Procedure 1 Check that the device and power supply are correctly connected the device Ethernet port is connected to the power supply Ethernet power port see the ePMP Installation Guide for more information 2 Connect the PC Ethernet port to the LAN AP Gigabit Data SM 10 100Mbit Data port of the power supply using a standard not crossed Ethernet cable 3 Apply mains or battery power to the power supply The green Power LED must illuminate continuously da Note I
61. contains the following attributes Table 41 GUI status bar attributes Icon Attribute Meaning Cambium Networks logo Hyperlink to the Cambium Networks website Home Icon Link to the device dashboard LASSA Login Level indicator Displays the current user login level Green indicates that the AP has IP connectivity B Ge Internet Connectivity to the configured DNS server Indicator Grey indicates that the AP has no IP connectivity to the configured DNS server A Ah Note The Internet Connectivity Indicator state is determined by receipt of ping responses from the configured DNS server Green indicates that the AP is receiving a valid GPS synchronization timing pulse via a connected GPS antenna or a CMM GPS Synchronization Red indicates that the AP is not receiving GPS i Receive Indicator synchronization due to lack of satellite fix Grey indicates that the AP is not receiving GPS synchronization due to configuration of Synchronization Source to Internal The Notifications button may be clicked to display system messaging When a new notification is available the icon is highlighted and displays the number of notifications available The outer icon highlighting indicates the type of notification pending Green Successful operation has completed i e Changes successfully saved ELJ Notifications Button Grey Informational message i e tips regarding GUI operation Blue Operations informat
62. dBm RSSI 85 dBm the SM will not attempt to register to the AP 149 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Network Entry SNR Threshold Set this parameter to the minimum Signal to Noise Ratio SNR at the SM required for the SM to attempt registration to an AP For example if the AP SNR Threshold is set to 30 dB and the SM is calculating its DL SNR as 25 dB the SM will not attempt to register to the AP 150 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Quality of Service page The ePMP platform supports three QoS priority levels using an air fairness priority based starvation avoidance scheduling algorithm ePMP Traffic Priority Label Priority Level VOIP Highest Priority Served first Priority High Medium Priority Served once highest priority traffic is sent Low Lowest Priority Serviced once Highest and Medium priority traffic is sent e VolP Priority only utilized when VOIP Enable is set to Enabled e High Priority e Low Priority By default all traffic passed over the air interface is low priority The SM s Quality of Service page may be utilized to map traffic to certain priority levels using QoS classification rules The rules included in the table are enforced starting with the first row of the table PN caution Each additional traffic classification rule increases device CPU utilization Careful network planning is required to efficiently use the device processor The ePMP
63. dBm or 17 10 x Log Channel width in MHz dBm e Inthe 5 8 GHz band 5725 MHz to 5875 MHz the EIRP must not exceed the lesser of 36 dBm or 23 10 x Log Channel width in MHz dBm e Inthe 2 4 GHz band 2400 MHz to 2500 MHz the EIRP must not exceed the lesser of 36 dBm or 23 10 x Log Channel width in MHz dBm Some countries for example the USA impose conducted power limits on products operating in the 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz band CONFORMING TO THE LIMITS Ensure the link is configured to conform to local regulatory requirements by configuring the correct country code located in the web management interface under Configure gt Radio In the following situations the country code does not automatically prevent operation outside the regulations e When using connectorized APs with external antennas the regulations may require the maximum transmit power to be reduced To ensure that regulatory requirements are met for connectorized installations see Calculating maximum power level for connectorized units on page 65 When operating in ETSI regions it is required to enter a license key in the ePMP web management interface to unlock 5 8 GHz band frequencies This key may be obtained from https support cambiumnetworks com licensekeys epmp e When installing 5 4 GHz links in the USA it may be necessary to avoid frequencies used by Terminal Doppler Weather Radar TDWR systems For more information see Avoidance of weather radars on
64. default power limit AP only Integrated device antenna Patch antenna type Duplex scheme Adaptive TDD Range 13 mi 20 MHz channel bandwidth 9 mi 40 MHz channel bandwidth Over the air encryption AES Error Correction FEC Table 37 ePMP wireless specifications per frequency band Item 5 GHz 2 4 GHz RF band GHz 5150 5875 MHz 2402 2472 MHz 20 MHz 2407 2472 MHz 40 MHz Channel bandwidth 20 MHz 20 MHz 40 MHz 40 MHz Typical antenna Connectorized antenna 15 dBi Connectorized antenna 15 dBi gain Integrated patch antenna 13 dBi Integrated patch antenna 11 dBi Reflector dish antenna 6 dBi Reflector dish antenna 8 dBi Antenna beamwidth 24 azimuth 12 elevation 24 azimuth 12 elevation Integrated Antenna beamwidth 10 azimuth 25 elevation 10 azimuth 28 elevation Relector dish 61 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS REGULATORY LIMITS The local regulator may restrict frequency usage and channel width and may limit the amount of conducted or radiated transmitter power For details of these restrictions see Examples of regulatory limits on page 282 Many countries impose EIRP limits Allowed EIRP on products operating in the bands used by the ePMP Series For example in the 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz bands these limits are calculated as follows e Inthe 5 2 GHz 5250 MHz to 5350 MHz and 5 4 GHz 5470 MHz to 5725 MHz band the EIRP must not exceed the lesser of 30
65. distance specified in Table 97 Table 98 Table 99 Table 100 Table 101 and Table 102 For the connectorized version of the product and in order to reduce potential radio interference to other users the antenna type and its gain must be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power EIRP is not more than that permitted by the regulations The transmitted power must be reduced to achieve this requirement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the US FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with these instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off the user is encouraged to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Increase the separation between the affected equipment and the unit e Connect the affected equipment to a power outlet on a different circuit from that which the receiver is connected to e Consult the dealer and or experienced radio TV technician for help FCC IDs and Industry Canada Certification Numbers are re
66. ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS About This User Guide This guide describes the planning installation configuration and operation of the Cambium ePMP Series of point to multipoint wireless Ethernet systems It is intended for use by the system designer system installer and system administrator For radio network design see e Product description e System hardware e System planning e Legal and reference information For system configuration monitoring and fault finding see e Configuration e Operation and Troubleshooting For radio equipment installation refer to the following guides e The ePMP Quick Start Guide e The ePMP Installation Guide AA Note The ePMP Installation Guide is reproduced as an addendum to this user guide e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS General information VERSION INFORMATIO N The following shows the issue status of this document Issue Date of issue Remarks 001v000 October 2013 System Release 1 0 Software Release 1 1 6 002v000 December 2013 System Release 1 0 Software Release 1 2 3 003v000 January 2014 System Release 1 0 Software Release 1 3 4 004v000 March 2014 System Release 1 0 Software Release 1 4 1 005v000 March 2014 System Release 1 0 Software Release 1 4 3 006v000 April 2014 System Release 1 0 Software Release 1 4 4 007v000 June 2014 System Release 2 0 Software Release 2 0 008v000 July 2014 System Release
67. if payment is accepted CONDITIONS OF USE Any use of the Software and Documentation outside of the conditions set forth in this Agreement is strictly prohibited and will be deemed a breach of this Agreement 1 Only you your employees or agents may use the Software and Documentation You will take all necessary steps to insure that your employees and agents abide by the terms of this Agreement 2 You will use the Software and Documentation i only for your internal business purposes ii only as described in the Software and Documentation and iii in strict accordance with this Agreement 3 You may use the Software and Documentation provided that the use is in conformance with the terms set forth in this Agreement 220 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS 4 Portions of the Software and Documentation are protected by United States copyright laws international treaty provisions and other applicable laws Therefore you must treat the Software like any other copyrighted material for example a book or musical recording except that you may either i make 1 copy of the transportable part of the Software which typically is supplied on diskette CD ROM or downloadable internet solely for back up purposes or ii copy the transportable part of the Software to a PC hard disk provided you keep the original solely for back up purposes Ifthe Documentation is in printed form it may not be copied If the Documentation is in electronic form you ma
68. is enabled SM 1 will not be able to communicate with SM 2 peer to peer traffic when both the SM s are associated with the same Access Point AP This feature essentially enables the AP to drop the packets to avoid peer to peer traffic scenario Disabled Default is set to DISABLE mode When SM isolation is disabled SM 1 is able to communicate with SM 2 when both the SM s are associated to the same Access Point AP DHCP Option 82 Enabled ePMP inserts remote id option ID 0x2 to be the SM s MAC address and the circuit id ID 0x01 to be the AP s MAC address Those two fields are used to identify the remote device and connection from which the DHCP request was received Disabled When Disabled ePMP does not insert the remote id option ID 0x2 and the circuit id ID 0x01 DHCP Option 82 is Disabled by default Virtual Local Area Network VLAN Management VLAN Enabled The AP management interface can be assigned to a Management VLAN to separate management traffic remote module management via SNMP or HTTP from user traffic such as internet browsing voice or video Once the management interface is enabled for a VLAN an AP s management interface can be accessed only by packets tagged with a VLAN ID matching the management VLAN ID A VLAN configuration establishes a logical group within the network Each computer in the VLAN regardless of initial or eventual physical l
69. may be down there may be no route back to the SM or there may be a failure in the network hardware i e DNS server failure Figure 55 SM Ping page anat ae Subscriber Module olola o EUS Quick Search X Tools gt Ping A Home Ping Z Quick start IP Address Number of Packets c min 1 max 10 amp Configuration Buffer Size s min 1 max 65507 dp Monitor P Tools amp Software Upgrade TTL t min 1 max 128 Start Ping Ping Results 9 Backup Restore 409 edetect al Spectrum Analyzer A Wireless Link Test I Traceroute Table 80 SM Ping attributes Attribute Meaning Ping IP Address Enter the IP address of the ping target Number of packets c Enter the total number of ping requests to send to the target Buffer size s Enter the number of data bytes to be sent TTL t Set the IP Time To Live TTL for multicast packets This flag applies if the ping target is a multicast address Ping Results Displays the ping test results 196 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Traceroute page Use the SM Traceroute page to display the route path and associated diagnostics for IP connectivity between the SM and the destination specified Figure 56 SM Traceroute page Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 scresatent sutectber Medi TSTST E Quick Search A Home Z Quick Start D Configuration dp Monitor 4 Tools t gp Software Upgrade gt
70. page 138 Automatic Channel Selection AP Automatic Channel Selection page on page 141 Wireless Link Test AP Wireless Link Test page on page 143 Ping AP Ping page on page 144 Traceroute AP Traceroute page on page 145 89 ePMP AP CONFIGURE MENU Use the Configure menu to access all applicable device configuration parameters The configuration menu contains the following pages AP Radio page on page 91 AP Quality of Service page on page 101 AP System page on page 104 AP Network page on page 109 AP Security page on page 113 CAMBIUM NETWORKS 90 ePMP AP Radio page Use the Radio page to configure the device radio interface parameters CAMBIUM NETWORKS Ww Caution Plan Configuration modifications since modifying radio parameters may result in a wireless outage Figure 18 AP Radio page Cambium Networks Quick Search N A Home Z Quick Start D Configuration D VUI Radio Qos Quality of Service Z System A Network Security dp Monitor S Tools Configuration gt Radio General Radio Mode Country Range Unit Automatic Channel Selection Access Point Configuration AP SSID Max Registrations Allowed Max Range Automatic Channel Selection Channel Bandwidth Frequency Carrier Frequency Reuse Alternate Frequency Carrier 1 Channel Bandwidth Alternate Frequency Carrier 1 Alternate Frequency Carrier 2 Channel Bandwidth Alternate
71. spectrum analyzer tool To download the spectrum analyzer tool the AP Device Mode must be set to Spectrum Analyzer Java Runtime Environment is required to run the AP spectrum analyzer PN caution Conducting spectrum analysis causes the SM to enter scan mode and the SM drops all RF connections Vary the days and times when you analyze the spectrum in an area The RF environment can change throughout the day or throughout the week To conduct a spectrum analysis follow these steps Required Software e Java Run time Environment JRE Procedure 1 On the SM GUI navigate to Configure gt System Configure Device mode to Spectrum Analyzer Click the Save button 2 3 4 Click the Reset button 5 Login to the SM and navigate to Tools gt Spectrum Analyzer Following screen is displayed Cambium Networks Quick Search Tools gt Spectrum Analyzer PE Home Download Spectrum Analyzer Tool F Quick start D configuration A Monitor F Toos amp Software Upgrade Backup Restore 409 eDetect al Spectrum Analyzer Wireless Link Test 3 N Ping TEE traceroute 6 Click Download Spectrum Analyzer Tool 7 Locate the folder to which the spectrum analyzer tool was saved and double click on file csa jnlp to launch the tool 8 Ifa security warning window is presented tick the checkbox next to accept the risk and want to run this application 192 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWO
72. subnet mask MTU Size The currently configured Maximum Transmission Unit for the AP s Ethernet LAN interface Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error Port Speed The current speed of the SMs LAN port Port Duplex Mode The current duplex mode of the SMs LAN port 181 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Attribute Meaning Wireless Status Wireless IP Assignment Static Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields Device IP Address LAN IP Subnet Mask LAN Gateway IP Address LAN and DNS Server IP Address LAN DHCP Device management IP addressing IP address subnet mask gateway and DNS server is assigned via a network DHCP server and parameters Device IP Address LAN IP Subnet Mask LAN Gateway IP Address LAN and DNS Server IP Address LAN are unused Wireless Interface Up The device wireless interface is functioning and passing data Down The device wireless interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation Reset the device to reinitiate the wireless interface IP address The IP address for the wireless interface is displayed only when the SM is in NAT Mode Subnet Mask The subnet for the wireless interface is displayed only when the SM is in NAT Mode Network
73. synced connectorized radio wind loading Kg Type of ePMP Largest Wind speed meters per second device surface area square meters 30 40 50 60 70 Connectorized 0 13 12 2 Kg 21 7 Kg 34Kg 49 Kg 66 6 Kg Table 26 Un synced connectorized radio wind loading Ib Type of ePMP Largest Wind speed miles per hour device surface area square feet 80 100 120 140 150 Connectorized 1 39 37 4lb 58 4lb 84 1lb 114 4lb 131 4 1b 52 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO SOFTWARE PACKAGES Un synced connectorized radio may be upgraded by downloading new software packages from the Cambium Networks website or by using the Cambium Network Services Server The software packages applicable to ePMP Un synced connectorized radio are named e ePMP NonGPS_Synced v2 1 tar gz UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO ANTENNAS AND ANTENNA CABLING Un synced connectorized radio requires external antennas connected using RF cable included with Cambium ePMP sector antennas For details of the antennas and accessories required for a connectorized ePMP installation see e Antenna requirements on page 39 e FCC and IC approved antennas on page 39 ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS For connectorized units operating in the USA or Canada 2 4 GHz 5 4 GHz or 5 8 GHz bands choose external antennas from those listed in FCC and IC approved antennas on page 39 For installations in other countries the listed antennas are advisory not mandatory
74. the SM s Ethernet interface Ethernet Statistics Received Total Traffic Total amount of traffic in Kbits received by the SM s Ethernet interface Total Packets Packet Errors Packet Drops Total number of packets received by the SM s Ethernet interface Total number of packets received by the SM s Ethernet interface with errors due to collisions CRC errors or irregular packet size Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the SM s wireless interface due to Ethernet setup or filtering issues Multicast Broadcast Traffic Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic in Kbits received by the SM s Ethernet interface Broadcast Packets Total number of broadcast packets received via the SM s Ethernet interface Multicast Packets Total number of multicast packets received via the SM s Ethernet interface Wireless Statistics Downlink Total Traffic Total Packets Total amount of traffic transmitted out of the SM s wireless interface in Kbits Total number of packets transmitted out of the SM s wireless interface Error Drop Packets Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the SM s Wireless interface due to RF errors No acknowledgement and other RF related packet error 174 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Multicast Broadcast Traffic Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic tr
75. the current MCS and PER Link Capacity Uplink The uplink capacity based on the current MCS with respect to the highest supported MCS MCS 15 Session Drops Device Reboots Total number of sessions dropped by the SM Total number of reboots of the SM Radar DFS Total number of DFS events that were detected by the SM Detections CPU Usage Total instantaneous CPU usage on the SM Downlink Packets Per MCS Total number of packets on each MCS transmitted out of the SM s wireless interface Uplink Packets Per MCS Total number of packets on each MCS received from SM s wireless interface 175 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM System page Use the System page to reference key system information Figure 47 SM System page Cambium Pees Cambium Device Subscriber Module 0 B o Administrator Quick Search Monitor gt System 8 Home Hardware Version 5 GHz GPS Synchronized Radio Firmware Version U Boot 9350_PX 1 1 4 4 Sep 12 2013 01 04 00 RK Quick start Software Version Active Bank 2 1 RC23 D Configuration Software Version Inactive Bank 2 0 2 S Date and Time 10 Jul 2014 06 19 31 CDT N Monitor System Uptime 2 hours A Performance Wireless MAC Address 00 04 56 C0 6E AE System Uptime 2 hours AE system Ethernet MAC Address 00 04 56 C0 6E AD DFS Status Not Available gt Wireless B GPS 8 Network system Log S Tools Tab
76. the statistics and status parameters displayed on the management interface will be refreshed every 5 seconds default Web Service Web Service HTTP Access to the device management GUI is conducted via HTTP HTTPS Access to the device management GUI is conducted via HTTPS HTTP Port If Web Service is set to HTTP configure the port which the device uses to service incoming HTTP requests for management GUI access HTTPS Port If Web Service is set to HTTPS configure the port which the device uses to service incoming HTTPS requests for management GUI access SSH Service SSH Service Disabled If the SSH port to the device is Disabled access to the device through SSH is not possible Enabled If the SSH port to the device is Enabled Cambium engineers can access the device through SSH which enables them to login to the radio and troubleshoot SSH port is Enabled by default Network Time Protocol NTP Server IP Assignment Static The device retrieves NTP time data from the servers configured in fields NTP Server IP Address DHCP The device retrieves NTP time data from the server IP issued via a network DHCP server Preferred NTP Server Configure the primary NTP server IP addresses from which the device will retrieve time and date information Alternate NTP Server Configure an alternate or secondary NTP server IP addresses from which the device retrieves time and date information Time Zo
77. to prevent the overlapping or corruption of the RF signal when the system is in noisy or interference RF environment The device delays transmitting the wireless packets until the wireless channel is clear This is only applicable in Flexible mode and on a non DFS channel Disabled The device does not check for any other transmission AP Management Packet Rate MCS0 The system is configured to use MCS0 rate for all management messages This allows for improved link stability and range in high interference environment MCS1 The system is configured to use MCS1 rate for all management messages This allows for slightly higher sector throughput This is the default setting Synchronization Synchronization GPS Synchronization timing is received via the AP s connected GPS 99 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Source Synchronization antenna Co located or in range APs receiving synchronization via GPS or CMM transmits and receives at the same time thereby reducing self interference CMM Synchronization timing is received via the AP s Ethernet port via a connected Cambium Cluster Management Module CMM Co located or in range APs receiving synchronization via GPS or CMM will transmit and receive at the same time thereby reducing self interference For more information on CMM configuration refer to the PMP Synchronization Solutions User Guide Internal Synchronization timing is gener
78. to the specifications listed in Table 14 and Table 15 The integrated device meets the low level static discharge specifications identified in Electromagnetic compatibility EMC compliance on page 273 and provides internal surge suppression but does not provide lightning suppression For a full listing of integrated radio specifications see Integrated Radio Specifications on page 314 43 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 14 Integrated module physical specifications Category Specification Dimensions H x W x D Radio 29 1 x 14 5 x 8 3 cm 11 4 x 5 7 x 3 3 in Weight 0 49 kg 1 1 Ibs Table 15 Integrated module environmental specifications Category Specification Temperature 30 C 22 F to 60 C 131 F Wind loading 90 mph 145 kph maximum See Integrated Module wind loading on page 44 for a full description Humidity 95 condensing Environmental IP55 INTEGRATED MODULE HEATER Upon power on if the ePMP integrated module device temperature is at or below 32 F 0 C an internal heater is activated to ensure that the device is able to successfully begin operation The unit s heater is only activated when the unit is powered on and will not apply heat to the device once startup is complete When the unit temperature is greater than 32 F 0 C the heater is deactivated and the integrated module continues its startup sequence The effect on integrated module startup time at various temperatures
79. what is called a Distinguished Name or a DN There are quite a few fields but you can leave some blank For some fields there will be a default value If you enter the field will be left blank Then you must specify the fields you want like for the root certificate Default values have already crammed in square brackets To use them simply click ENTER 1 Your Country Name 2 letter country code State or Province Name full name Locality Name Ex city Organization Name Ex Cambium Networks Organizational Unit Name Ex Cambium Common Name Ex radius cambium com NY 2ARWD Email Address Ex email cambium com Sign the certificate request sign certificate by CA radius cambium com crt sign ca is cambium ca CA signing radius cambium com csr gt radius cambium com crt Using configuration from ca config 206 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Since we sign new created certificate with root certificate we must enter the password which we used to close root certificate of our center CA Enter pass phrase for cambium ca key Check that the request matches the signature Signature ok The Subject s Distinguished Name is as follows countryName PRINTABLE UA stateOrProvinceName PRINTABLE Euro localityName PRINTABLE Kiev organizationName PRINTABLE Cambium Networks organizationalUnitName PRINTABLE Cambium commonName T61STRING radius cambium com emailAddress IAS5SST
80. when SM is in NAT mode to use the SM s local onboard DHCP server to hand out IP addresses to its clients DHCP Start IP Configure the first address which will be issued to a DHCP client Upon additional DHCP requests the Local DHCP Server IP Start Address is incremented until Local DHCP Server IP End Address is reached DHCP End IP Configure the final address which is issued to a DHCP client Preferred DHCP DNS Server Configure the primary DNS Server IP address which will be used to configure DHCP clients if Local DHCP Server is set to Enabled Alternate DHCP DNS Server Configure the secondary DNS Server IP address which will be used to configure DHCP clients if Local DHCP Server is set to Enabled DHCP Lease Time Configure the time for which a DHCP IP address is leased When the lease time expires the DHCP client must renew IP addressing via DHCP request DHCP Clients The DHCP Client List table identifies hardware situated below the SM which shall be issued DHCP IP addressing information The SM acts as a DHCP server responding to requests from hardware connected to the SM MAC Configure the physical address of the device which will retrieve DHCP IP addressing information from the SM IP Configure the IP address which will be assigned to the device 162 ePMP Name CAMBIUM NETWORKS Configure a logical name for the device configured i e VolP Phone1 or Network Camera1 Por
81. which the radio is operating Country Code settings affect the radios in the following ways e Maximum transmit power limiting based on radio transmitter power plus configured antenna gain e DFS operation is enabled based on the configured country code if applicable e Frequency selection limiting based on regional limitations Miles The Max Range setting and resulting frame calculations are configured in units of miles Kilometers The Kilometers setting and resulting frame calculations are configured in units of kilometers Enabled This enables the Automatic Channel Selection ACS feature ACS allows the radio to scan the entire band governed by the Country setting and chooses a channel with the lowest channel occupancy i e lowest interference level To run the ACS feature once enabled the radio will have to be rebooted or manually triggered using Tools gt Automatic Channel Selection When ACS is running the radio measures the occupancy level of the channel measured in terms of an internal interference metric and uses an algorithm to make a decision to choose the best channel within the band The channel chosen is not based just on the occupancy level channel but also the occupancy level of adjacent channels Disabled ACS is disabled and the operator should configure a Frequency Carrier manually Ah Note The channel bandwidth configured prior to enabling and running ACS will be used to automatically sele
82. wr D 5565 wane O mg mine O wna mu C o mne O 5405 mu C 3610 wau C seis seu C 5620 sen O s62s mn O 5620 mu O 5635 mne O sso mu O sess mee O sss0 me D s655 mne O om O 6s mu O omu O rm O mone O sess Mz C 3490 mhe C seos mne O sromu O s705 mre O s74s mre O 5750 mhe O 5755 wee C 5760 mete O sos mz O sromu O s773 mu O semg C 5785 Mo O somwa C5795 Mote C se00 wane O saos me O ss10 me O sars me O s820 mete O sas mre C s830 Mite O sss mu O sso mu C sess mou O saso men O s855 mu 86 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS To configure a SM via the Quick Start menu follow this Procedure 1 Start the web browser from the management PC 2 Navigate to Quick Start menu 3 Configure the parameter Radio Mode This parameter controls the function of the device all ePMP devices may be configured to operate as an Access Point AP Subscriber Module SM or as a Spectrum Analyzer For initial link bring up choose SM 4 The Country is automatically retrieved from the AP and requires no configuration Country settings affect the radios in the following ways e Maximum transmit power limiting based on radio transmitter power plus configured antenna gain e DFS operation is enabled based on the configured country code if applicable e Frequency range of operation depending on local limitations 5 Configure the parameter Device Name The SM Device Name is used to identify the device on the network This parameter may be modified or left at the default value of Camb
83. 0 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz 15 30 ETSI Republic 5650 5725 5660 to 5715 5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Benner 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 TR 30 Etal every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Ecuador 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 30 None 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Pinang 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 39 Etal every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 288 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center Frequency Frequency Frequency Conducted EIRP county range for 20 MHz for 40 MHz Power Power DRS Band Band 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz France 5650 5725 5660t05715 5670to5705 ag Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 F 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Generic ETSI 5650 5725 5660 to 5715 5670to5705 19 S S every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Georgia 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Germany 5650 5725 5660 to5715 5670to5705 30 Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Ghana 5470 5725 very SMHz every 5MHz 30 FCC 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Greate 5650 5725 5660t05715 5670to5705 ae Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5495 to 5590 5510 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Guam 5650 5725 5660to5705 567
84. 0 Network Circle Santa Clara California 95054 U S A Copyright c 2003 2008 Sparta Inc Copyright c 2004 Cisco Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications Fabasoft R amp D Software GmbH amp Co KG copyright notice BSD Copyright c Fabasoft R amp D Software GmbH amp Co KG 2003 oss fabasoft com Author Bernhard Penz lt bernhard penz fabasoft com gt BSD like Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its 254 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written permission CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANC
85. 0 to5695 an FCC every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Hong Kong 5470 5725 avery 5MHz every 5MHz 15 30 FCC 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every5MHz every 5MHz Hungary 5650 5725 5660 to 5715 5670to5705 30 Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz ireland 5650 5725 5660t05715 5670to5705 1 20 Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz oy 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 1 ay Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Kazakhstan 5470 5725 every SMHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Kenya 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 30 FCC 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Kyrgyzstan 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 S 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Latvia 5650 5725 5660 to 5715 5670to5705 1 a9 Eal every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 289 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center Frequency Frequency Frequency Conducted EIRP county range for 20 MHz for 40 MHz Power Power DRS Band Band 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Liechtenstein 5650 5725 B660to5715 5670t05705 20 Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 P 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz i 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670 to 5705 1 SR S every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every5MHz every 5MHz Luxembourg
86. 0900A011A ROW MODEL NUMBERS C058900P112A US FCC CO50900P013A EU C050900P011A ROW CHANNEL SPACING Configurable on 5 MHz increments FREQUENCY RANGE 5150 5875 MHz CHANNEL WIDTH 20 MHz or 40 MHz Interface MAC MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL LAYER Cambium Proprietary PHYSICAL LAYER 2x2 MIMO OFDM ETHERNET INTERFACE POWERING METHODS SUPPORTED 100 1000BaseT rate auto negotiated 802 3af compliant 30V PoE Supply included CMM3 amp CMM4 PROTOCOLS USED 802 3af PoE Supply IPv4 UDP TCP IP ICMP SSH SNMPv2c HTTP HTTPs FTP NETWORK MANAGEMENT HTTP HTTPs SSH FTP SNMPv2c VLAN 802 10 with 802 1p priority SUBSCRIBERS PER SECTOR Up to 120 ARO Yes NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC 20MHZ CHANNEL MCS1 89 dBm to MCS15 68 dBm per branch NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC 40MHZ CHANNEL MCS1 87 dBm to MCS15 65 dBm per branch MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 20 MHz Up to 13 miles CHANNEL 31 Oo ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 40 MHz CHANNEL Up to 9 miles MODULATION LEVELS ADAPTIVE MCS1 QPSK 1 2 to MCS15 64QAM 5 6 LATENCY nominal roundtrip 17 ms GPS SYNCHRONIZATION Yes via Internal GPS CMM3 or CMM4 QUALITY OF SERVICE Link Budget Three level priority Voice High Low with packet classification by DSCP COS VLAN ID IP amp MAC Addr AN
87. 1 Integrated Module mounting Bracket sss sese sese 41 Integrated Module Interfaces sss 42 Integrated Module B 25 eee ceeeeeee cence eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaaeeeeesseeeaaaaaaeeeeseseaaaa 43 Integrated Module specifications sss sese 43 Integrated Module heater essen 44 Integrated Module wind loading sss ss sss 44 Integrated Module Software packages sese 45 Un synced Connectorized Radio cccscccsssseecsseeecseeeenaeeeeceseeeeeneecusuenseseetasaeanaeeesnaeeenss 46 Un synced Connectorized Radio description sss sese 46 Un synced Connectorized Radio part numbers sss sese sese eee eee 47 Un synced Connectorized Radio mounting Bracket sss sese 47 Un synced Connectorized Radio Interface sss 48 Un synced Connectorized Radio LEDS sss sese 49 Un synced Connectorized Radio specifications sss sees 50 Un synced Connectorized Radio heater sss sees 51 Un synced Connectorized Radio and external antenna location sese eee eee 51 Un synced connectorized Radio wind loading sss ss sss 52 Un synced Connectorized Radio software packages sss 53 Un synced connectorized radio antennas and antenna Cabling ccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 53 Antenna requirements sisediseccrvedideceedevdsaceccedcnne ccadesverdaccestededs AE a a AAAA 53 FCG and IC approved antennas nnnnnsnionssinin in a 53 Power supply GESCIIPUOM wseciescecesseveiivecsieccecsuvcsevecciasceeseveieeeecterdeseeeaaversteccuetaveasiecccencueeeis 54 Power supply part nUmDerS
88. 11 IC 109W 0011 Vin 22V 56V lt lt lt luas 500MA CAUTION Class 2 only OR Wherever necessary the end user is responsible for obtaining any National licenses required to operate this product and these must be obtained before using the product in any particular country Contact the appropriate national administrations for details on the conditions of use for the bands in question and any exceptions that might apply 303 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS 5 4 GHz European Union notification The ePMP product is a two way radio transceiver suitable for use in Broadband Wireless Access System WAS Radio Local Area Network RLAN or Fixed Wireless Access FWA systems It is a Class 1 device and uses operating frequencies that are harmonized throughout the EU member states The operator is responsible for obtaining any national licenses required to operate this product and these must be obtained before using the product in any particular country Hereby Cambium Networks declares that the ePMP product complies with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999 5 EC The declaration of conformity may be consulted at the support website The European R amp TTE directive 1999 5 EC Certification Number is reproduced on the product label Figure 62 Figure 62 European Union certification on 5 4 GHz product label a V DURE ad HIL oda DEL NO CO58900P112A before connecting to AC SPINA UN po
89. 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed See full license text on page 234 Copyright C 2009 Steven Barth lt steven midlink org gt Copyright C 2009 Paul Bakker lt polarssl_maintainer at polarss dot org gt Copyright C 2006 2007 Pascal Vizeli lt pvizeli yahoo de gt This library is free software you can redistribute it and or Modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2 1 as published by the Free Software Foundation This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details See full license text on page 234 swconfig Copyright C 2008 2009 Felix Fietkau lt nbd openwrt org gt Copyright C 2010 Martin Mares lt mj ucw cz gt Copyright C 2008 2010 OpenWrt org This is free software licensed under the GNU General Public License v2 See LICENSE for more information See full license text on page 234 Syslog ng GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 See full license text on page 234 tcp_wrappers Copyright 1995 by Wietse Venema All rights reserved Some individual files may be cove
90. 2 1 Software Release 2 1 CONTACTING CAMBIUM NETWORKS Support website Main website Sales enquiries Support enquiries Telephone number list Address http www cambiumnetworks com support http www cambiumnetworks com solutions cambiumnetworks com support cambiumnetworks com http www cambiumnetworks com support contact support Cambium Networks Limited 3800 Golf Road Suite 360 Rolling Meadows IL 60008 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Purpose Cambium Networks enhanced Point To Multipoint ePMP documents are intended to instruct and assist personnel in the operation installation and maintenance of the Cambium ePMP equipment and ancillary devices It is recommended that all personnel engaged in such activities be properly trained Cambium disclaims all liability whatsoever implied or expressed for any risk of damage loss or reduction in system performance arising directly or indirectly out of the failure of the customer or anyone acting on the customer s behalf to abide by the instructions system parameters or recommendations made in this document Cross references References to external publications are shown in italics Other cross references emphasized in green text in electronic versions are active links to the references Feedback We appreciate feedback from the users of our documents This includes feedback on the structure content accuracy or completeness of our documents For feedback e
91. 2 2422 2462 South Africa 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 36 5 2412 2472 2422 2462 CIS Countries 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 27 36 2412 2472 2422 2462 Others 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 30 36 299 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Notifications This section contains notifications of compliance with the radio regulations that are enforced in various regions 2 4 GHZ 5 4 GHZ REGULATORY COMPLIANCE The ePMP complies with the regulations that are enforced in the USA Canada and Europe The relevant notifications are specified in this section 2 4 GHz 5 1 GHz 5 4 GHz FCC and IC notification U S Federal Communication Commission FCC and Industry Canada IC Notification This device complies with part 15 407 of the US FCC Rules and Regulations and with RSS 210 Issue 8 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation In Canada users must be cautioned to take note that high power radars are allocated as primary users meaning they have priority of 5250 5350 MHz and 5470 5725 MHz and these radars could cause interference and or damage to license exempt local area networks LELAN To comply with FCC IC RF exposure limits for general population or uncontrolled exposure the antenna s used for the ePMP transmitter must be installed at a separation
92. 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL See full license text on page 234 hostapd hotplug Copyright c 2002 2011 Jouni Malinen lt j w1 fi gt and contributors All Rights Reserved These programs are dual licensed under both the GPL version 2 and BSD license the one with advertisement clause removed Either license may be used at your option This package may include either wpa_supplicant hostapd or both See README file respective subdirectories wpa_supplicant README or hostapd README for more details See full license text on page 234 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 See full license text on page 234 iperf Copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 The Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois All rights reserved 244 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software Iperf and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimers Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above co
93. 242 e PMP ebtables CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright C 1999 Paul Rusty Russell amp Michael J Neuling Copyright C 2001 2002 Bart De Schuymer All code in this package including the code from the extensions is released under the GPL license which you find hereafter GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 675 Mass Ave Cambridge MA 02139 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed See full license text on page 234 eventlog Copyright c 2003 BalaBit IT Ltd Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of BalaBit nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY BALABIT AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCH
94. 250 5350 STO a Ye 13 Yes Ecuador 5250 5350 are EO 13 No Georgia 5250 5350 E S 18 No Ghana 5250 5350 EO Sealer 13 Yes ae R SSG SIO TOANE apa Hong Kong 5250 5350 ae oon Cun 13 Yes Kenya 5250 5350 SO Perrier 13 Yes Kyrgyzstan 5250 5350 ce SCH 18 No Kazakhstan 5250 5350 Se ee Tid 18 No Moldova 5250 5350 ane PE 18 No Malaysia 5250 5350 B Pee 13 Yes Other 5250 5350 set eee te 27 No Peru 5250 5350 SETE Ere 13 Yes Philippines 5250 5350 peer ceri 13 Yes ape a SONG ANORI TTI ap Ves Russia 5250 5350 SE S 18 No Thailand 5250 5350 eae pean i 13 23 FCC 286 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center comty wa R TS Se R org Band Band Tajikistan 5250 5350 O ane 78 No Turkmenistan 5250 5350 oan dee cae 18 No Taiwan 5250 5350 Seat aceite 13 Yes Ukraine 5250 5350 Ba ane rte 18 No Uganda 5250 5350 SE Bee 27 Yes ints Sas e SOK SANGO LOAM ye Uzbekistan 5250 5350 ee Za EMH 18 No Venezuela 5250 5350 See Beare 13 No a at ea a ya Table 99 Regulatory limits 5 3 GHz Valid Center Valid Center Coury ina L ER Conducted SR pre Band Band Other 5350 5470 eee are Fees 27 No Table 100 Regulatory limits 5 4 GHz Valid Center Valid Center comty na L S mdse R pro Band Band Argentina 5470 5725 SOT eT 16 None Armenia 5470 5725 ae a 16 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 asana R ers er g ao ers every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 muse NO NE Sey HE ego every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 287 e PMP
95. 3af PoE Supply PROTOCOLS USED IPv4 UDP TCP IP ICMP SSH SNMPv2c HTTP HTTPs FTP NETWORK MANAGEMENT HTTP HTTPs SSH FTP SNMPv2c VLAN 802 10 with 802 1p priority SUBSCRIBERS PER SECTOR Up to 120 ARQ Yes NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC MCS1 89 dBm to MCS15 68 dBm per 20MHZ CHANNEL branch NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC MCS1 87 dBm to MCS15 65 dBm per 40MHZ CHANNEL branch MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 20 MHz Up to 13 miles CHANNEL MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 40 MHz Upto 9 miles CHANNEL MODULATION LEVELS ADAPTIVE MCS1 QPSK 1 2 to MCS15 640AM 5 6 LATENCY nominal roundtrip 17 ms GPS SYNCHRONIZATION Yes via Internal GPS CMM3 or CMM4 31 ine ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS QUALITY OF SERVICE Three level priority Voice High Low with packet classification by DSCP COS VLAN ID IP and MAC Address Link Budget ANTENNA Options Antennas for 90 or 120 sectors are available TRANSMIT POWER RANGE ANTENNA GAIN 20 to 30 dBm combined to regional EIRP limit 1 dB interval 15 dBi 90 120 sector MAXIMUM TRANSMIT POWER 30 dBm combined ANTENNA CONNECTION 50 Q RP Reve SURGE SUPPRESSION 1 Joule Integrated ENVIRONMENTAL IP55 TEMPERATURE 30 C to 55 C 22 F to 131 F WEIGHT 4 5 kg 10 Ibs with antenna 0 52 kg 1 1 Ibs without antenna WIND SURVIVAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D Security 190 km hour 118 mi hour wit
96. 4 56 C3 12 AC Not Available 30 45 23 44 79 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 44 SM Dashboard Attributes Attribute Device Name Meaning The configured device name of the SM used for identifying the device in an NMS such as the Cambium Network Services Server CNSS Operating Frequency The current operating frequency Operating Channel Bandwidth The current operating width of the channel used for the radio link Transmitter Output Power The current power level at which the SM is transmitting which is adjusted dynamically by the AP based on radio conditions Antenna Gain The configured gain of the external antenna Country The current configured country code which has an effect on DFS operation and transmit power restrictions Registered Subscriber Modules will inherit this country code when registration is complete unless SM is locked to US region Subscriber Module Priority The configured priority of the SM in the sector Network Mode Bridge The SM acts as a switch and the packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address NAT The SM acts as a router and the packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header source or destination which can be grouped into subnets for finer granularity Downlink RSSI The Received Signal Strength Indicator which is a measurement of the power level being received by the SM s antenna Do
97. 4 9 f 6d 33 82 f7 f7 de 54 a9 2b e7 ea 1b 93 bd cc 74 4 f 11 ed 94 0 b b9 b2 1f b1 86 6 e c6 48 71 48 9 b 2b Oa 36 f3 ab d6 f9 75 c9 Od 1b e9 2c 85 04 fc 17 9 a 94 b9 14 0 d 15 d1 1e 8b bb 9e 91 ca 40 8 c d8 ef dd 4a 75 d0 b9 62 d4 ee 1b e5 b5 7e fa f1 5d 62 d1 78 b0 34 04 bb 60 37 8 a a8 74 88 f6 94 3 b c8 fb c0 98 f4 94 e9 d5 53 8 e 31 e6 25 56 c3 84 7 c 46 b9 09 5 f e3 43 a8 57 c9 3a d9 3d a7 b0 41 db ea ca 60 28 0 b a3 f0 0b e6 d6 c0 5b 15 0 c f8 19 36 26 d3 2a 8d c9 67 fe 04 6 f e9 bf f9 55 de 2c 92 04 81 6 f 43 d5 94 25 af 83 b8 01 22 c8 1a 7e 2e a9 10 b0 e5 35 a7 17 bf 65 a1 31 55 85 ba 10 24 71 03 3 b d6 71 a4 ad 48 28 46 8 f 7e e6 b3 8c 37 97 4 f 36 05 8 c f6 d1 40 a8 c4 58 9 b 28 Now copy the certificate and key of the CA in a public place for example in etc ssl cambium mkdir etc ssl cambium cp cambium ca etc ssl cambium Issuance of certificates Script certificate generation Download from the Cambium support web site the script sign_cert sh It allows you to create server user Edit the following lines in it ROOTCA cambium root CA name Filename of the root certificate without the suffix ca O Cambium Networks Name of the organization C UA country ST Euro staff L Kiev cit
98. 475 nr O 5480 mne O s490 maz O 495 Mnr CO 5500 mn C 5505 mre Ossomie Ci ssisme D sszomez C ss25Mh Dawn C ss35mMH e C 5540 Mite O s545 mhe C ssso mne C 5555 mhe C 5560 mhz O s5555 mhe O 5570 mne C 5575 mee O soomi C 3965 mru O 5590 mete O aaa mine O somn L 3605 mre C 5610 meu O s615 mne O 5620 mme C 5625 mhe U 5630 mne LU s635 mhe O s640 mne C 5645 mae C 3050 me C 3655 me C 5060 mre C 5665 mne D 5675 wnr C 5650 r Das Mn C semn C 598 Mra s700Mhe C s705mHs Dgn C 5715 MH D 5735 mm O 3749 mu O s745 eee O s5750 mtu O s755 Mans D 3760 mn D 5765 Mu Os77omHe I srsmue D sromh DSR Mn D s790MHe DS wan D 5000 un U 5805 me C 5810 maz C 581s Mnr C 5820 Mus O 825 mne U 5830 mur C 5835 Mar O 5840 Mnc DU 845 Mnr O 5959 MH C sess Mh O 5860 uns DU 5865 MH oe O 5170 mine O 5175 maz C 5180 Mae LU sis Maz U 5190 mhe 5195 Mae O 5200 maz C 5205 Mhe CO 5919 Mh C 5235 Mex D 5220 Mhe C 5225 Mhe C 5290 Mh CO 5235 Mets U 5240 mhe C 5245 mhe C 5250 mhe C 5255 Mhe O s260 MH C 5265 mre C 5270 Mnt D 5275m O 5280 wu C 3285 mhz D s290 mez D 3255 Mans D somm D 5305 Mra O some O sais ne O 5320 mre C 5325 Mhe O 5330 mne O s335 Mnr O 5340 mee D 5345 mz D 3950 mez O 5355 mu C 5360 mrz O 5365 mu O 5370 mu O 5375 mez CO 5380 MH D 5385 Mie C 5390 Mhs C 5395 Mh O somh O 5405 Mis D 5418 Mn D sismi C s420 wu O 5425 Mr O 5430 mez D sass Mans O suomi O sss mow O MH C 5455 Mnr C 5460 Mh U 5465 Mue O 54759 Mue D 5475 MH CI 5480 Mhe O 5490 maz C
99. 5495 mhe C 5500 mez O 5505 mhe C 5510 mine O 5515 Mhe O ss20mMH C 5525 Mh O 5530 Mte C 5535 Mhs O 5540 He O 5545 Mi D 5550 Mite O 5555 wnr O ss60 mne C 5565 Mee O s5570 mhe O 5575 Mnr O ssso mn C 5585 mre D sss0 m C 5595 mu C seco Mra O s605 mnz O s10 m D seis ans C 5620 maz O 5625 mhe C 5630 mhe C 5635 mhe C s640 mhe O 5645 mne C seso mne C 5655 mhe O sean mn C sees m O s67s m O seno mnz O sess mnz D 5630 mew C 5695 Mh C 5700 Mis C 5705 MHs C 5745 MHz O 3750 anue D 5755 MH D 5760 Mh O 5765 miz O 5770 mnz O s77s wra D 5780 mHz D s785 Mans D s7somnz O 5795 watz D somi D ssosMmh D setomes D sersmH ss20MH C 5825MH C 5830 MH C 5835 mre C 5840 Mhr LU 5845 Mhe O sssomne C sass mhe Power Control Antenna Gain 15 Z eR min 13 mae 30 Network Entry RSSI Threshold 0 D een ma 300 mac 20 Network t hry SNA Threshold o R pine 5 maw OO 148 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 65 SM Radio Configuration attributes Attribute Meaning General Radio Mode This parameter controls the function of the device All ePMP devices may be configured to operate as an Access Point AP Subscriber Module SM or as a Spectrum Analyzer Country The SM automatically inherits the Country Code setting of the AP except for US locked devices Country Code settings affect the radios in the following ways e Maximum transmit power limiting based on radio transmitter power plus configured antenn
100. 590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Spain 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670 to5705 30 ETSI every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every5MHz every 5MHz Sweden 5650 5725 5660t05715 5670to5705 a0 ETSI every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5470 5600 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 Switzerland 5650 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 1 a0 ao 291 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center Frequency Frequency Frequency Conducted EIRP county range for 20 MHz for 40 MHz Power Power DRS Band Band 5660 to 5715 5670 to 5705 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5495 to 5590 5510 to 5580 S 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Taiwan 5650 5725 5660to5705 5670to5695 4 a0 Pee every 5 MHz every 5 MHz Soe 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Tajikistan 5470 5725 every 5MHz every SMHz 16 No 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Thailand 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 30 FCC 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Turkey 5470 5725 every 5MHz _ every 5MHz 15 30 ETSI 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Turkmenistan 5470 5725 avery 5MHz every BMHz 16 No 5495 to 5590 5510 to 5580 U S Virgin 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz 14 30 FCC Islands 5650 5725 5660 to 5705 5670 to 5695 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Uganda 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 30 FCC l 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Ukraine 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 United 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz 15 30 ETSI Kingdom 5650
101. 63 2 Table 94 Power compliance margins 2 4 GHz SM Conn Channel P G S d R C Type Bandwidth Antenna W Wim m m PMP 20 MHz Connectorized 8 dBi Omni 0 631 6 3 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 PMP 20 MHz Integrated 12 dBi Patch 0 251 15 8 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 Integrated 12 dBi Patch with PMP 20 MHz 8 dBi Reflector Dish 0 398 100 0 10 0 56 1 0 50 0 PMP 20 MHz Connectorized 17 dBi Sector 0 079 50 1 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 PMP 20 MHz Connectorized 19 dBi Panel 0 050 79 4 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 PMP 20 MHz Connectorized 25 dBi Dish 0 010 316 2 10 0 16 0 4 63 5 PMP 40 MHz Connectorized 8 dBi Omni 0 100 6 3 10 0 07 0 2 79 6 PMP 40 MHz Integrated 12 dBi Patch 0 050 15 8 10 0 08 0 2 63 2 Integrated 12 dBi Patch with PMP 40 MHz 8 dBi Reflector Dish 0 050 100 0 10 0 20 0 4 40 1 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS PMP 40 MHz Connectorized 17 dBi Sector 0 025 50 1 10 0 10 0 2 39 9 PMP 40 MHz Connectorized 19 dBi Panel 0 020 79 4 10 0 11 0 3 71 3 PMP 40 MHz Connectorized 25 dBi Dish 0 006 316 2 10 0 13 0 3 56 7 PTP 20 MHz Integrated 12 dBi Patch 0 398 15 8 10 0 22 0 4 31 9 Integrated 12 dBi Patch with PTP 20 MHz 8 dBi Reflector Dish 0 398 100 0 10 0 56 1 2 45 4 PTP 20 MHz Connectorized 17 dBi Sector 0 158 50 1 10 0 25 0 5 39 5 PTP 20 MHz Connectorized 19 dBi Panel 0 050 79 4 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 PTP 20 MHz Connectorized 25 dBi Dish 0 010 316 2 10 0 16 0 4 63 5 PTP 40 MHz Integrated 12 dBi Patch 0 050 15 8 10 0 08 0 2 63 2 Integrated 12 dBi Pat
102. ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE openssh Copyright C 2006 2008 2011 OpenWrt org This is free software licensed under the GNU General Public License v2 See full license text on page 234 openssl LICENSE ISSUES The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license i e both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit See below for the actual license texts Actually both licenses are BSD style Open Source licenses In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact openssl core openssl org OpenSSL License Copyright c 1998 2011 The OpenSSL Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org 256 e PMP
103. AL CONSEQUENTIAL EXEMPLARY OR OTHER DAMAGE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS OR FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY EVEN IF CAMBIUM NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above exclusion or limitation may not apply to you IN NO CASE SHALL CAMBIUM S LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT 271 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS System threshold output power and link loss The following table specifies the system threshold dBm output power dBm and maximum link loss dB per channel bandwidth and modulation mode e 5 GHz Table 83 e 2 4 GHz Table 84 Table 83 5 GHz threshold power and link loss Modulation mode System threshold dBm Output power Maximum link loss dB per channel bandwidth dBm per channel bandwidth 20 40 All 20 40 MHz MHz bands MHz MHz MCS15 68 65 23 115 112 MCS14 70 67 23 117 114 MCS13 73 70 23 120 117 MCS12 77 74 23 124 121 MCS11 81 79 23 128 126 MCS10 83 80 23 130 127 MCS9 86 84 23 133 131 MCS1 89 87 23 136 134 Table 84 2 4 GHz threshold power and link loss Modulation mode System threshold dBm Output power Maximum link loss dB per channel
104. AN and DNS Server IP Address LAN are unused Internet protocol IP address This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network aa Note If Device IP address Mode is set to DHCP and the device is unable to retrieve IP address information via DHCP the device management IP is set to fallback IP 192 168 0 1 AP mode 192 168 0 2 SM mode 192 168 0 3 Spectrum Analyzer mode or the previously configured static Device IP Address Units may always be accessed via the Ethernet port with IP 169 254 1 1 169 254 1 1 is a local IP and is independent of the NAT local subnet or the wireless IP Subnet Mask Defines the address range of the connected IP network For example if Device IP Address LAN is configured to 192 168 2 1 and IP Subnet Mask LAN is configured to 255 255 255 0 the device will belong to subnet 192 168 2 X Gateway Configure the IP address of a computer on the current network that acts as a gateway A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks Primary DNS Server Alternate DNS Server Ethernet MTU Configure The IP address of the primary server used for DNS resolution Configure The IP address of the secondary server used for DNS resolution Maximum Transmission Unit the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to opera
105. ANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 243 e PMP firewall CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright C 2009 2010 OpenWrt org glib2 Copyright C 2007 2011 OpenWrt org Copyright C 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Free Software Foundation Inc Copyright 2004 Scott James Remnant lt scott netsplit com gt Copyright c 1997 2006 University of Cambridge Copyright 2009 Codethink Limited Copyright C 2008 2010 Red Hat Inc Copyright C 2008 Hans Breuer Copyright C 2008 2010 Collabora Ltd GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the library GPL It is numbered
106. ANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details Copyright C 2000 2003 Free Software Foundation Inc This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 or at your option any later version This originates from X11R5 mit util scripts install sh which was later released in X11R6 xc config util install sh with the following copyright and license Copyright C 1994 X Consortium Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN N
107. Antenna 120 degree 15 Power supply For details of the ePMP power supply units see e Power supply description on page 54 e Power supply part numbers on page 54 e Power supply interfaces on page 55 e Power supply specifications on page 56 e Power supply location on page 56 POWER SUPPLY DESCRIPTION The power supply is an indoor unit that is connected to the connectorized or integrated module and network terminating equipment using Cat5e cable with RJ45 connectors It is also plugged into an AC or DC power supply so that it can inject Power over Ethernet PoE into the module POWER SUPPLY PART NUMBERS Each module requires one power supply and one power supply line cord For cord part numbers see Table 28 The power supplies listed in Table 28 may be used for both connectorized and integrated modules however only NOO0900L001A provides a Gigabit Ethernet interface connectorized modules only Table 28 Power supply component part numbers Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP Pwr Supply for GPS Radio no cord spare N000900L001A ePMP Pwr Supply for non GPS Radio no cord spare N000900L002A 54 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS POWER SUPPLY INTERFACES The power supply interfaces are illustrated in Figure 12 and described in Table 29 and Table 31 Figure 12 Power supply interfaces Power Gigabit input Data Ly Gigabit Data Power Table 29 Power supply interface functions NOOO900L001A Int
108. C 5550 me C 5555 ne O 360 me C 3565 Mrr C 3570 Mnt C 5575 Mnr D ss90 m O sees mu C s590 war O ass mu O 5600 meu O 5605 mu O 3616 mu O as aar O 620 mre D 3945 te D 3939 wau C 5635 Meie O 5640 me DU 3943 Mee U 3658 mhe U sass me U 3668 mne U sass me T Owm C 5575 mie C s680 mhe C 568s mne O 5400 me C 5605 mne O s700 me C 5705 mee O 5710 see O 5715 mee O s735 me O 5740 mre O 3745 mre O s750 me C s755 mee U 5760 mre C 5765 mate O 5770mm O 5775 mu D 3759 mne O 5765 wu D 5790 vee D 579s wu D s800 mete O 3895 mu O 3819 mu O ssis mu C 3949 mu O s825 mu O ng wru C s835 mew O 3549 mhe DU ssas mne O saso me U sess mre 5860 mite O 58465 Meee O 5170 wams O 575 minx O 3159 wau O 5185 wau D 5190 mete O 5195 meer O 5200 mm C s205 mane O 3519 me O 3215 ne O s220 me C s225 mee O s230 sete C 5235 mre O 3240 mus O sass wu O 3459 mu O 3455 wu O meo meu O s263 mru O 5270 Mra O 5475 mane U s280 Mie U 3855 mie O s290 asr O s295 Mars O s300 Mee O s305 mhe O snom O msma O 59 wau O sss mu O 59 mou O 535 moa O 5940 ms C sss mane O sssome C s3ss mne O 5360 mme C 5365 mee O 5370 mme O 5375 mre O smomu O seas wa O sromu O sss mu O 400 Mees D sos sere O some O mismu O somu O s mu O smu O as meu O ag mu O msm O 1450 mau O sess mu O 60 wan O 5465 nee DD saro nme D s75 mote O sso urs O 2465 mh O somi C 3499 vee O ss00 mre O 3305 Me O som O 3515 Mhe O 5820 mre DD s525 see O 830 nee O sss wau O ag me C sss me C 5550 Moe D 5555 mre DU ss me O 3565 mue O 3579 me D 5575 mee O 3560
109. Details Quick Start Configuring SM units using the Quick Start menu on page 86 Configure SM Configuration menu on page 147 Radio SM Radio page on page 148 Quality of Service SM Quality of Service page on page 151 System SM System page on page 155 Network SM Network page on page 160 Security SM Security page on page 169 Monitor SM Monitor menu on page 172 Performance SM Performance page on page 173 System Status SM System page on page 176 Wireless Status SM Wireless page on page 178 Network Status SM Network page on page 181 System Log Tools SM System Log page on page 184 SM Tools menu on page 185 Software Upgrade Backup Restore SM Software Upgrade page on page 186 SM Backup Restore page on page 188 eDetect Spectrum Analyzer SM eDetect page on page 190 SM Spectrum Analyzer page on page 192 Wireless Link Test SM Wireless Link Test page on page 195 Ping SM Ping page on page 196 Traceroute SM Traceroute page on page 197 146 ePMP SM CONFIGURATION MENU Use the Configuration menu to access all applicable device configuration parameters It contains the following pages SM Radio page on page 148 SM Quality of Service page on page 151 SM System page on page 155 SM Network page on page 160 SM Security page on page 169 CAMBIUM NETWORKS 147 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Radio page Use the Radio page to confi
110. E OF THIS SOFTWARE BSD Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE 255 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS EVEN IF
111. ENT DO NOT USE THE PRODUCT OR INSTALL THE SOFTWARE INSTEAD YOU MAY FOR A FULL REFUND RETURN THIS PRODUCT TO THE LOCATION WHERE YOU ACQUIRED IT OR PROVIDE WRITTEN VERIFICATION OF DELETION OF ALL COPIES OF THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE PRODUCT WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR ACCEPTANCE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT DEFINITIONS In this Agreement the word Software refers to the set of instructions for computers in executable form and in any media which may include diskette CD ROM downloadable internet hardware or firmware licensed to you The word Documentation refers to electronic or printed manuals and accompanying instructional aids licensed to you The word Product refers to Cambium Networks fixed wireless broadband devices for which the Software and Documentation is licensed for use GRANT OF LICENSE Cambium Networks Limited Cambium grants you Licensee or you a personal nonexclusive non transferable license to use the Software and Documentation subject to the Conditions of Use set forth in Conditions of use and the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any terms or conditions relating to the Software and Documentation appearing on the face or reverse side of any purchase order purchase order acknowledgment or other order document that are different from or in addition to the terms of this Agreement will not be binding on the parties even
112. F USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 228 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AjaxFileUpload The MIT License MIT Copyright 2013 2014 powered by PHPLETTER Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 229 e PMP jquery caret CAMB
113. Frequency for Bower EIRP Power g 20 MHz Band 40 MHz Band 2412 2472 2422 2462 Anman een every 5MHz every 5MHz 2412 2472 2422 2462 Argentina 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 27 36 F 2412 2462 2422 2452 Australia 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 36 s 2412 2472 2422 2462 Azerbaijan 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 2412 2472 2422 2462 Bahrain 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 36 2412 2472 2422 2462 Brazil 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 23 36 2412 2472 2422 2462 Belarus 2400 2900 every 5MHz every 5MHz 36 for PMP AP 30 dBm 6 Canada 2400 2500 Goar Se Configured Antenna y y Gain 6 3 for other modes 2412 2472 2422 2462 Chile 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 23 36 l 2412 2472 2422 2462 China 24002300 every 5MHz every 5MHz S 2412 2472 2422 2462 Colombia 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 23 36 2412 2472 2422 2462 Ecuador 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 36 2412 2472 2422 2462 Georgia PADD APUN every 5MHz every 5MHz 2412 2472 2422 2462 Ghana 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 23 36 36 for PMP AP 30 dBm 6 Guam 2400 2500 ae aie Configured Antenna y y Gain 6 3 for other modes 2412 2472 2422 2462 Hong Kong Sees every 5MHz every 5MHz SR 2412 2472 2422 2462 Indonesia 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 23 36 2412 2472 2422 2462 India G every 5MHz every 5MHz SR 2412 2472 2422 2462 Kenya aan every 5MHz every 5MHz ae 30 297 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Vali
114. HTTPS configure the port which the device uses to service incoming HTTPS requests for management GUI access SSH Service SSH Service Disabled If the SSH port to the device is Disabled access to the device through SSH is not possible Enabled If the SSH port to the device is Enabled Cambium engineers can access the device through SSH which enables them to login to the radio and troubleshoot SSH port is Enabled by default Network Time Protocol NTP NTP Server IP Assignment Static The device retrieves NTP time data from the servers configured in fields Prefered NTP Server and Alternate NTP Server DHCP The device retrieves NTP time data from the server IP issued via a network DHCP server Preferred NTP Server Configure primary NTP server IP address from which the device retrieves time and date information Alternate NTP Server Configure secondary or alternate NTP server IP address from which the device retrieves time and date information Time Zone The Time Zone option may be used to offset the received NTP time to match the operator s local time zone Location Services Device Latitude Configure Latitude information for the device in decimal format Device Longitude Configure Longitude information for the device in decimal format Device Height Configure the Height above sea level for the device in meters 156 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETW
115. High traffic is sent Lowest Priority Serviced once Highest and Low Medium priority traffic is sent By default all traffic passed over the air interface is low priority The AP s Quality of Service page may be utilized to map traffic to certain priority levels using QoS classification rules The rules included in the table are enforced starting with the first row of the table WN Caution Each additional traffic classification rule increases device CPU utilization Careful network traffic planning is required to efficiently use the device processor The ePMP platform also supports radio data rate limiting Maximum Information Rate or MIR based on the configuration of the MIR table Operators may add up to 16 MIR profiles on the AP each with unique limits for uplink and downlink data rates The SM field MIR Profile Setting is used to configure the appropriate MIR profile for limiting the SM s data rate Figure 23 AP Quality of Service page Cambium Networks combiumDevice Access Point JJ fsfs Teas Quick Search Configuration gt Quality of Service A Home Maximum Information Rate Z Quick Start Maximum Information Rate MIR 9 Disabled Enabled oad sn uration Description Downlink MIR Uplink MIR kbps gt VUI Radio kbps Qos Quality of Service EZ System Traffic Priority B Network Traffic Priority Disabled Enabled L s b VOIP Priority Disabled Enabled ecurity Broadcast Prior
116. Hz Connectorized Omni 3 dBi 0 063 2 0 10 0 03 0 1 99 8 Connectorized Sector Array PMP 20 40 MHz 16 dBi 0 100 39 8 10 0 18 04 50 5 Connectorized Patch Panel PTP 20 40 MHz Array 23 dBi 0 008 199 5 10 0 11 0 3 71 3 PTP 20 40 MHz Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 0 001 1000 0 10 0 10 0 2 39 9 Table 88 Power compliance margins 5 2 5 4 5 8 GHz AP Antenna P G S d R C Ww W m m m Connectorized Sector 15 0 199 31 6 10 0 22 4 33 1 dBi Antenna P W G S W m2 d m R m C Connectorized Sector 15 dBi 0 199 31 6 10 0 22 4 33 1 276 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 89 Power compliance margins 5 1 GHz SM Conn Channel Aii P G S d R C s ntenna Type Bandwidth W W m m m PMP 5 10 MHz Connectorized Omni 3 dBi 0 063 2 0 10 0 03 0 1 99 8 Integrated Patch Array 16 PMP 5 10 MHz dBi 0 100 39 8 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 Connectorized Sector Array PMP 5 10 MHz 16 dBi 0 100 39 8 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 Integrated Patch Array 16 PTP 5 10 MHz dBi 0 100 39 8 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 Connectorized Patch Panel PTP 5 10 MHz Array 23 dBi 0 013 199 5 10 0 14 0 3 45 0 PTP 5 10 MHz Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 0 001 1000 0 10 0 09 0 2 50 2 PMP 20 40 MHz Connectorized Omni 3 dBi 0 063 2 0 10 0 03 0 1 99 8 Integrated Patch Array 16 PMP 20 40 MHz dBi 0 032 39 8 10 0 10 0 2 39 9 Connectorized Sector Array PMP 20 40 MHz 16 dBi 0 032 39 8 10 0 10 0 3 89 8 Integrated Patch Array 16 PTP 20 40 MHz dBi 0 032 39 8 10 0 10 0 2 39 9 Connect
117. ILAND NOTIFICATION 6394 Tnsaumanutara nani HVAMNAADAMAAIMINGANINUAUAY ANY This telecommunication equipment conforms to the requirements of the National Telecommunications Commission 308 e PMP Data throughput tables This section contains tables to support calculation of the data rate capacity that can be provided by ePMP configurations as follows e See Data throughput capacity on page 309 DATA THROUGHPUT CAPACITY CAMBIUM NETWORKS The data throughput rates Mbits s achieved with an AP SM pair and the link distance range is 0 km as shown in Table 104 Table 104 Throughput for ePMP MCS Spatial Mod Coding 20 MHz 40 MHz streame Type Rate 6C L Both DL UL Both MCS15 2 64 QAM 5 6 90 64 28 33 118 97 187 83 55 23 243 06 MCS14 2 64 OAM 3 4 72 93 22 02 94 95 174 46 50 23 224 69 MCS13 2 64 OAM 22 53 15 13 52 66 67 151 41 46 54 197 95 MCS12 2 16 OAM 3 4 36 46 10 91 47 37 107 07 29 88 136 95 MCS11 2 16 OAM 1 2 27 57 8 6 37 17 56 66 15 48 72 14 MCS10 2 QPSK 3 4 21 96 7 57 29 53 38 11 67 49 67 MCS9 2 QPSK 1 2 9 31 3 18 12 49 19 06 5 93 24 99 MCS1 1 QPSK 1 2 8 39 2 42 10 81 18 63 5 72 24 35 Range is 0 zero All rates are in Mbit s UDP 1518 byte packets 75 DL 25 UL duty cycle 309 ePMP Radio Specifications CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONNECTORIZED RADIO SPECIFICATIONS Table 105 Connectorized Radio specifications 5 GHz Product PART NUMBERS C058900A112A US FCC C050900A013A EU C05
118. IUM NETWORKS The MIT License MIT Copyright c 2010 C F Wong Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE jJquery cookie Copyright 2013 Klaus Hartl Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Softw
119. LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 267 e PMP Wireless tools CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright c 1997 2007 Jean Tourrilhes lt jt hpl hp com gt Ref wireless_tools 29 COPYING GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed See full license text on page 234 Zlib C 1995 2004 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler jloup gzip org madler alumni caltech edu This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an ack
120. MHz Connectorized Sector Array 16 dBi 7 dBm 20 40 MHz Connectorized Patch Panel Array 23 dBi 2 dBm 20 40 MHz Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 5 dBm Table 91 Power compliance margins 5 4 GHz SM Antenna P W G S W m d m R m C Integrated Patch Array 13 dBi 0 020 20 10 0 06 0 2 126 2 Integrated Patch Array 13 dBi with Reflector Dish 6 dBi 0 020 79 4 10 0 11 0 3 71 3 Connectorized Patch Panel Array 23 dBi 0 020 199 5 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 0 020 1000 10 0 40 1 62 9 278 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 92 Power compliance margins 5 8 5 9 GHz SM Antenna P W G S W m d mi R m C Integrated Patch Array 13 dBi 0 199 20 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 Integrated Patch Array 13 dBi with Reflector Dish 6 dBi 0 199 79 4 10 0 36 0 8 50 7 Connectorized Patch Panel Array 23 dBi 0 199 199 5 10 0 56 1 2 45 4 Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 0 199 1000 10 1 26 2 25 2 Table 93 Power compliance margins 2 4 GHz AP Conn Channel P G S d R C Type Bandwidth Amenna W Wm m m PMP 20 MHz Connectorized 8 dBi Omni 0 631 6 3 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 PMP 40 MHz Connectorized 8 dBi Omni 0 631 6 3 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 PMP 20 MHz Connectorized 17 dBi Sector 0 079 50 1 10 0 18 0 4 50 5 PMP 40 MHz Connectorized 17 dBi Sector 0 032 50 1 10 011 0 3 71 3 PTP 20 MHz Connectorized 25 dBi Dish 0 003 316 2 10 0 08 0 2 63 2 PTP 40 MHz Connectorized 25 dBi Dish 0 003 316 2 10 0 08 0 2
121. MHz or 30 MHz of the frequency of the TDWR device This requirement applies even if the master is outside the 35 km 22 miles radius but communicates with outdoor clients which may be within the 35 km 22 miles radius of the TDWRs The requirement for ensuring 30 MHz frequency separation is based on the best information available to date If interference is not eliminated a distance limitation based on line of sight from TDWR will need to be used In addition devices with bandwidths greater than 20 MHz may require greater frequency separation When planning a link in the USA visit http spectrumbridge com udia home aspx enter the location of the planned link and search for TDWR radars If a TDWR system is located within 35 km 22 miles or has line of sight propagation to the PMP device perform the following tasks e Register the installation on http spectrumbridge com udia home aspx e Make alist of channel center frequencies that must be barred that is those falling within 30 MHz or 30 MHz of the frequency of the TDWR radars In ETSI regions the band 5600 MHz to 5650 MHz is reserved for the use of weather radars 63 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Link planning This section describes factors to be taken into account when planning links such as range obstacles path loss and throughput RANGE AND OBSTACLES Calculate the range of the link and identify any obstacles that may affect radio performance Perform a survey to ide
122. MTU are dropped Ethernet Port Configuration Manual The LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured Auto Negotiate The AP auto negotiates the LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it Port Speed With Ethernet Port Configuration the LAN Ethernet port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps Port Duplex Mode With Ethernet Port Configuration the LAN Ethernet port duplex mode can be forced into Full or Half Spanning Tree Protocol Disabled When disabled Spanning Tree Protocol 802 1d functionality is disabled at the AP Enabled When enabled Spanning Tree Protocol 802 1d functionality is enabled at the AP allowing for prevention of Ethernet bridge loops 110 e PMP AP Management Access Interface CAMBIUM NETWORKS LAN Only Only allow access to the AP s web management interface via a local Ethernet LAN connection In this configuration the AP s web management interface may not be accessed from over the air i e from a device situated below the SM LAN and WLAN Allow access to the AP s web management interface via a local Ethernet LAN connection and from over the air i e from a device situated below the SM H unauthorized access APs configured with AP Management Access Interface set to LAN and WLAN are susceptible to SM Traffic Isolation Enabled When SM Isolation feature
123. NC etd O CMM ETH Reserved for future release Once lit blinking indicates Ethernet activity Red 10BaseTX link Green 100BaseTX link Orange 1000BaseTX link Unlit No Ethernet link established 35 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONNECTORIZED MODULE SPECIFICATIONS The ePMP connectorized module conforms to the specifications listed in Table 5 and Table 6 The connectorized module meets the low level static discharge specifications identified in Electromagnetic compatibility EMC compliance on page 273 and provides internal surge suppression but does not provide lightning suppression For a full listing of connectorized radio specifications see Connectorized Radio Specifications on page 310 Table 5 Connectorized module physical specifications Category Specification Dimensions H x W x D Radio 227 x 88 x 33 mm 8 9 x 3 5 x 1 3 Antenna 529 x 124 x 53 mm 20 8 x 4 9 x 2 1 Weight 521 kg 1 15 Ibs without antenna 4 5 kg 10 Ibs with antenna Table 6 Connectorized module environmental specifications Category Specification Temperature 30 C 22 F to 55 C 131 F Wind loading 118 mph 190 kph maximum See Connectorized Module wind loading on page 38 for a full description Humidity 95 condensing Environmental IP55 36 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONNECTORIZED MODULE HEATER At startup if the ePMP connectorized module temperature is at or below 32 F 0 C
124. No limit Canada 912979830 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 for other None modes 5735 to 5840 5745 to 5830 Chile 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 None 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 China 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 33 None 5735 to 5815 5745 to 5805 Colombia 5725 5825 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 None 5735 to 5785 5745 to 5775 5725 5795 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz Denmark 5815 5875 5825 to5865 5835 to5855 7 ap Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5735 to 5840 5745 to 5830 Ecuador 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 53 None 5735 to 5785 5745 to 5775 5725 5795 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz Finland 5815 5850 5825 to5840 5835 to5855 7 SB Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Georgia 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 5765 to 5865 5775 to 5855 Germany 5755 5875 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 ETSI 293 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Freauene Valid Center Valid Center Conducte Country San T Frequency for Frequency for d Power EIRP Power DFS g 20 MHz Band 40 MHz Band 5740 to 5810 5750 to 5800 Ghana 5725 5825 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 FCC 5735 to 5785 5745 to 5775 Greece 5725 5795 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 ETSI 36 for PMP 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 AP No limit Gham mieoraey every 5 MHz every 5 MHz eo for other Nene modes 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 Hong Kong 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 None 5735 to 5865 5745 to 5855 Iceland 5725 5875 every 5
125. O EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNEC TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE 248 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of the X Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other deal ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor tium FSF changes to this file are in the public domain Calling this script install sh is preferred over install sh to prevent make implicit rules from creating a file called install from it when there is no Makefile This script is compatible with the BSD install script but was written from scratch It can only install one file at a time a restriction shared with many OS s install programs See full license text on page 234 libiwinfo Copyright C 2010 2012 Jo Philipp Wich lt xm subsignal org gt Copyright C 2003 2004 Greg Kroah Hartman lt greg kroah com gt Copyright C 2004 2006 Kay Sievers lt kay sievers vrfy org gt Copyright C 2004 Harald Hoyer lt harald redhat com gt Copyright C 2004 Harald Hoyer lt harald redhat com gt Copyright c 2001 Atsushi Onoe Copyright c 2002 2005 Sam Leffler Errno Consulting Copyright c 1997 2007 Jean Tourrilhes Al
126. ODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and 235 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the P
127. ORKS Meaning Internal GPS Height On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field is automatically populated with the Device height above sea level from the on board GPS chip User Account Management Administrator Username Read only listing of available login levels ADMINISTRATOR full read write permissions INSTALLER permissions to read and write parameters applicable to unit installation and monitoring HOME USER permissions only to access pertinent information for support purposes READONLY permissions only to view the Monitor page Administrator Password Configure a custom password configuration for each user to secure the device The password character display may be toggled using the visibility icon Installer Account Disabled The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface The administrator user level cannot be disabled Enabled The user is granted access to the device management interface Installer Username Read only listing of available login levels INSTALLER permissions to read and write parameters applicable to unit installation and monitoring HOME USER permissions only to access pertinent information for support purposes READONLY permissions only to view the Monitor page Installer Password Home User Account Home User Username Configure a custom password configuration for each user to secure the device The password charac
128. PS latitude longitude of each network element GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION PROCESS Effective troubleshooting also requires an effective fault isolation methodology that includes e Attempting to isolate the problem to the level of a system subsystem or link such as o AP to SM o AP to CMM o AP to GPS o CMM to GPS o power e Researching System Logs of the involved equipment e Answering the questions listed in the following section e Reversing the last previous corrective attempt before proceeding to the next e Performing only one corrective attempt at a time 209 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS QUESTIONS TO HELP ISOLATE THE PROBLEM When a problem occurs attempt to answer the following questions 1 What is the history of the problem e Have we changed something recently e Have we seen other symptoms before this How wide spread is the symptom s Is the problem on only a single SM If so focus on that SM s Is the problem on multiple SMs If so o is the problem on one AP in the cluster If so focus on that AP o isthe problem on multiple but not all APs in the cluster If so focus on those APs o isthe problem on all APs in the cluster If so focus on the CMM and the GPS signal Based on data in the System Log s s intermittent connectivity indicated If so verify your configuration power level CINR cables and connections and the speed duplex of both ends of the link e Does the problem correl
129. Packet Drops Multicast Broadcast Traffic Total number of packets received by the AP s Ethernet interface with errors due to collisions CRC errors or irregular packet size Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the AP s wireless interface due to Ethernet setup or filtering issues Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic in Kbits received by the AP s Ethernet interface Broadcast Packets Total number of broadcast packets received via the AP s Ethernet interface Multicast Packets Total number of multicast packets received via the AP s Ethernet interface Wireless Statistics Downlink Total Traffic Total amount of traffic transmitted out of the AP s wireless interface in Kbits Total Packets Total number of packets transmitted out of the AP s wireless interface Error Drop Packets Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the AP s Wireless interface due to RF errors No acknowledgement and other RF related packet error 117 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Capacity Drop Packets Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the AP s Wireless interface due to capacity issues data buffer queue overflow or other performance or internal packet errors Retransmission Packets Total number of packets re transmitted after transmitting out of the AP s Wireless interface due to the packets not
130. Protection Zener clamping 38V to 45V Hold up time 10 ms minimum at maximum load 120 VAC POWER SUPPLY LOCATION Find a location for the power supply that meets the following requirements e The power supply can be mounted on a wall or other flat surface e The power supply is kept dry with no possibility of condensation flooding or rising damp e The power supply can be accessed to view status indicators e The power supply can be connected to the ePMP module drop cable and network terminating equipment e The power supply can be connected to a mains or dc power supply that meets the requirements defined in Table 34 56 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Ethernet cabling For details of the Ethernet cabling components of an ePMP installation see e Ethernet standards and cable lengths on page 57 e Outdoor Cat5e cable on page 57 ETHERNET STANDARDS AND CABLE LENGTHS All configurations require a copper Ethernet connection from the power supply port to the power supply and network terminating equipment For each power supply the maximum permitted drop cable length is specified in Table 35 Table 35 Power supply drop cable length restrictions Part number Description Maximum cable length 1 N000900L001A Power Supply for Radio with 330 feet 100m Gigabit Ethernet no cord N000900L002A Power Supply for Radio with 330 feet 100m 100Mbit Ethernet no cord 1 Maximum length of Ethernet cable from AP SM to pow
131. Quick Start tab contains a listing of parameters required to configure a simple radio link and to configure requisite networking parameters After configuring an AP SM and resetting both devices the SM is ready to associate register to the AP Figure 16 AP Quick Start menu Q Cambium drel Cambium Device Access Point 0 ED B ol amp Administrator Quick Search Quick Start A Home General E Quick Start Radio Mode Access Point Subscriber Module D Configuration Spectrum Analyzer k Country Other v N Monitor Automatic Channel Selection Disabled Enabled A Toos lt Frequency Carrier 5670 MHz S AP SSID Cambium AP Device Name Cambium Device 8 Downlink Uplink Ratio 75 25 50 50 30 70 Flexible Synchronization Source GPS CMM Internal IP Assignment Static DHCP IP Address 10 120 204 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 120 204 254 Wireless Security Wireless Security Open wPa2 RADIUS Warning EAP TTLS is selected you will need to provision more at the Configuration gt Security page WPA2 Pre shared Key eeccccee To configure an AP via the Quick Start menu follow this Procedure 1 Start the web browser from the management PC 2 Navigate to the Quick Start menu 3 Configure the parameter Radio Mode This parameter controls the function of the device All ePMP devices may be configured to operate as an Access Point AP Subscriber Module SM or as a Spectrum An
132. RING email cambium com Certificate is to be certified until Dec 25 12 05 18 2013 GMT 730 days Everything is OK completing work Server certificate is created 207 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Operation and Troubleshooting This chapter provides instructions for operators of ePMP networks The following topics are described e General Planning for Troubleshooting on page 209 e Upgrading device software on page 211 e Testing hardware on page 213 e Troubleshooting the radio link on page 215 e Using the device external reset button on page 217 e Resetting the ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling on page 218 208 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS General Planning for Troubleshooting Effective troubleshooting depends in part on measures that you take before you experience trouble in your network Cambium recommends the following measures for each site Procedure 1 Identify troubleshooting tools that are available at your site such as a protocol analyzer 2 Identify commands and other sources that can capture baseline data for the site These may include e Ping tracert or traceroute Throughput Test results Throughput data Configure GUI page captures Monitor GUI page captures Session logs 3 Start a log for the site including Operating procedures Site specific configuration records Network topology Software releases Types of hardware deployed Site specific troubleshooting process Escalation procedures G
133. RKS 9 ln the security warning window click Run The spectrum analyzer interface is displayed p Cambium Spectrum An uno Se File Range View Average WM average peak current min Statistics Spectrogram 5180 Connected to 192 168 2 200 Start Scan 10 Click Range to configure the range of frequencies to scan J e PMP 11 Click Start Scan to begin scanning r Cambium Spectrum Ana Eile View Average E average peak current min la a ee EMA TA I T T raah chha E Statistics Connected to 192 168 2 200 Stop Scan CAMBIUM NETWORKS Display of the average peak current and minimum power levels for the configured range Statistical display of the number of times each frequency in the range was scanned Spectrogram display of the energy levels detected throughout the configured range over time When scanning is complete follow these steps to return the device to AP operation Procedure 1 In the spectrum analyzer application click Stop Scan 2 Close the spectrum analyzer application by clicking File gt Exit 3 On the SM GUI navigate to Configure gt System 4 Configure Device Mode to SM 5 Click the Save button 6 Click the Reset button ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Wireless Link Test page Use the SM Wireless Link Test page to conduct a simple test of SM wireless throughput to the AP to which it is regis
134. RTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Copyright c 2012 Michael Bostock Copyright c 2013 Michael Bostock All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution The name Michael Bostock may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL MICHAEL BOSTOCK BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS O
135. S Wireless operation This section describes how the ePMP wireless link is operated including modulation modes power control and security TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING TDD cycle ePMP links operate using Time Division Duplexing TDD The links employ a TDD cycle in which the APs determines which SMs may transmit and when based on the configured downlink uplink ratio duty cycle Three fixed Downlink Uplink frame ratios are available 75 25 50 50 and 30 70 A flexible frame ratio is available as a fourth option where the AP dynamically determines the downlink and uplink ratio based on data demand in each direction OFDM AND CHANNEL BANDWIDTH The ePMP series transmits using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM This wideband signal consists of many equally spaced sub carriers Although each sub carrier is modulated at a low rate using conventional modulation schemes the resultant data rate from all the sub carriers is high The channel bandwidth of the OFDM signal is 20 MHz or 40 MHz based on operator configuration Each channel is offset in center frequency from its neighboring channel by 5 MHz ADAPTIVE MODULATION The ePMP series can transport data over the wireless link using a number of different modulation modes ranging from 64 OAM to OPSK For a given channel bandwidth and TDD frame structure each modulation mode transports data at a fixed rate Also the receiver requires a given signal to noise ratio in order
136. ST Central Standard Time North America degrees min 40 ma 30 derr m n 180 max 180 maters min 20000 mane 20000 N A admin Dsabied tabled installer Ctsabled Enabled home Osables Ensbied readonly seam srirem rakled tabled sriramirap System Nome System Description System Logging Systog Server LIP Sarver 210 Server 31P Server 417 System Log Mask Nut Cracker SGM Network 10 120 204 70 10 120 204 73 10 129 204 72 10 120 204 73 155 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 67 SM System attributes Attribute Meaning General Device Name WEB Page Auto Update The Device Name is used to identify the SM on the network and may be retrieved by a NMS such as the Cambium Network Services Server CNSS Configure the interval for which the device retrieves system statistics for display on the management interface For example if this setting is configured to 5 seconds the statistics and status parameters displayed on the management interface will be refreshed every 5 seconds Web Service Web Service HTTP Access to the device management GUI is conducted via HTTP HTTPS Access to the device management GUI is conducted via HTTPS HTTP Port If Web Service is set to HTTP configure the port which the device uses to service incoming HTTP requests for management GUI access HTTPS Port If Web Service is set to
137. Security ENCRYPTION 128 bit AES CCMP mode Certifications FCCID Z8H89FTO0006 INDUSTRY CANADA CERT 109W 0006 CE EN 302 502 v1 2 1 EN 301 893 v1 7 1 317 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO SPECIFICATIONS Table 109 Un synced Connectorized Radio specifications 5 GHz PART NUMBERS C058900A122A US FCC CO50900A023A EU C050900A021A ROW MODEL NUMBERS C058900P122A US FCC CO50900P023A EU C050900P021A ROW CHANNEL SPACING Configurable on 5 MHz increments FREQUENCY RANGE CHANNEL WIDTH 5150 5875 MHz 20 MHz or 40 MHz Interface MAC MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL LAYER Cambium Proprietary PHYSICAL LAYER ETHERNET INTERFACE 2x2 MIMO OFDM 100BaseT Cambium PoE V pins 7 amp 8 Return pins 4 amp 5 PROTOCOLS USED IPv4 UDP TCP IP ICMP SSH SNMPv2c HTTPs FTP NETWORK MANAGEMENT HTTPs SSH FTP SNMPv2c VLAN Performance 802 10 with 802 1p priority ARO Yes NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC 20MHZ CHANNEL MCS1 89 dBm to MCS15 70 dBm per branch NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC 40MHZ CHANNEL MCS1 87 dBm to MCS15 65 dBm per branch MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 20 MHz CHANNEL Up to 13 miles MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 40 MHz CHANNEL Up to 9 miles MODULATION LEVELS ADAPTIVE MCS1 QPSK 1 2 to MCS15 640AM 5 6 LATENCY nominal roundtrip 17 ms 31
138. Servers table is used to configure trap destinations for SNMP traps generated by the device Server IP Server Port Configure the IP address of each SNMP trap server target Configure the port to which SNMP traps are sent from the ePMP device System Name Specify a string to associate with the physical module This parameter can be polled by the Cambium Networks Services Server CNSS or an NMS Special characters are supported System Description Specify a description string to associate with the physical module This parameter can be polled by the Cambium Networks Services Server CNSS or an NMS Special characters are supported Syslog Server IP 1 4 Specify up to four syslog servers to which the device sends syslog messages 107 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning System Log Mask Configure the levels of syslog messages which the devices send to the servers configured in parameters Syslog Server IP 1 4 PN caution Choose only the syslog levels appropriate for your deployment Excessive logging can cause the device log file to fill and begin overwriting previous entries 108 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Network page The AP s Network page is used to configure system networking parameters and VLAN parameters Figure 25 AP Network page G Cambium Networks cantumaever acestor ED RH GHG e Quick Search Configuration gt Network A Home General Z Quick Sta
139. Status Network Mode Bridge The SM acts as a switch and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address NAT The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header source or destination which can be grouped into subnets for finer granularity Default Gateway IP address that is currently assigned DNS Server IP Represents the IP address of the DNS Server PPPoE Mode Disabled If this is left blank the STA will accept the first service option that comes back from the Access Concentrator specified below if any PPPoE is Disabled by default Enabled An optional entry is Enabled to set a specific service name to connect to the PPPoE session This is limited to 32 characters DHCP Lease Time Configure the time for which a DHCP IP address is leased When the lease time expires the DHCP client must renew IP addressing via DHCP request Bridge Table MAC Address MAC Address of the SM connected to the AP Port The port to which the device is connected Time set for the MAC addresses in the Bridge table Aging Timer secs 182 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS 183 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM System Log page Use the SM System Log page to view the device system log and to download the log file to the accessing PC or device Figure 50 SM System Log page Cambi Net k es void tl ETOS 5GHz Station1 Subs
140. System Logging Syslog Server 1 4 IP Specify up to four syslog servers to which the device sends syslog messages System Log Mask Configure the levels of syslog messages which the devices send to the servers configured in parameters Syslog Server IP 1 4 159 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Network page The SM s Network page is used to configure system networking parameters and VLAN parameters Parameter availability is based on the configuration of the SM Network Mode parameter Figure 43 SM Network page NAT mode Pa Cambium Networks Chick seoch Configuration Network A Home General FH cwick Start Network Mode NAT grape D ainan lt Weeless iP Ansieninent state gucr Radio Wireless IP Address Wireless Subnet Mask ROS Quality of Service BH arn Preferred DNS Server 10 120 12 30 aha network Alternate ONS Server 30 120 1231 security Wireless Gateway 140 120 204 254 Ethernet MTU 2800 Z pars mie 76 mar 3700 ak Monitor lt Ethernet Port Configuration Manuo Auto Negotiote P Toot Pon Speed wm Z 10M 000M Port Duples Mode Hat Z Ful Spanning Tree Protocol Onabied trateed DHCP Servers Below 5M Disabled Enabled Ethernet interface IP address 30 3 3 254 Subnet Mack 255 255 255 0 Gmeway DHCP Server Oisabled tabled OCP Start iP 10 008 DHCP End IP 10 3 3 130 Preferred OHC ONS Server Alternate DHCP ONS Server OCP Lease Teme n H bous man g 1 max 24 Pon Forw
141. T INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE SL Button hotplug Copyright C 2008 Gabor Juhos lt juhosg openwrt org gt Based on the diag c GPIO interface driver for Broadcom boards Copyright C 2006 Mike Baker lt mbm openwrt org gt Copyright C 2006 2007 Felix Fietkau lt nbd openwrt org gt Copyright C 2008 Andy Boyett lt agb openwrt org gt GPL v2 See full license text on page 234 246 e PMP libdbi CAMBIUM NETWORKS GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 See full license text on page 234 libiconv Copyright C 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Free Software F
142. TENNA Options Antennas for 90 or 120 sectors are available TRANSMIT POWER RANGE 20 to 30 dBm combined to regional EIRP limit 1 dB interval ANTENNA GAIN 15 dBi 90 sector MAXIMUM TRANSMIT POWER 30 dBm combined 5 8 GHz Band Physical ANTENNA CONNECTION 50 PoRritke Saves female SURGE SUPPRESSION 1 Joule Integrated ENVIRONMENTAL IP55 TEMPERATURE 30 C to 55 C 22 F to 131 F WEIGHT 4 5 kg 10 Ibs with antenna 0 52 kg 1 1 Ibs without antenna WIND SURVIVAL 190 km hour 118 mi hour with antenna DIMENSIONS H x W x D Radio 26 9 x 11 x 7 7 cm 10 6 x 4 3 x 3 0 in Antenna excl brackets 80 4 x 16 x 6 3 cm 31 7 x 6 3 x 2 5 in Security ENCRYPTION Certifications 128 bit AES CCMP mode FCCID Z8H89FTO006 INDUSTRY CANADA CERT 109W 0006 CE EN 302 502 v1 2 1 EN 301 893 v1 7 1 31 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 106 Connectorized Radio specifications 2 4 GHz PART NUMBER C024900A011A MODEL NUMBER C024900P011A CHANNEL SPACING Configurable on 5 MHz increments FREQUENCY RANGE 2402 2472 MHz 20 MHz 2407 2472 MHz 40 MHz CHANNEL WIDTH 20 MHz or 40 MHz MAC MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL LAYER Cambium Proprietary PHYSICAL LAYER 2x2 MIMO OFDM ETHERNET INTERFACE 100 1000BaseT rate auto negotiated 802 3af compliant POWERING METHODS SUPPORTED 30V PoE Supply included CMM3 amp CMM4 802
143. THOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 232 e PMP jJquery event drag CAMBIUM NETWORKS The MIT License MIT Copyright c 2010 Three Dub Media Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING
144. TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence N opkg GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed See full license text on page 234 pcre Copyright c 1997 2010 University of Cambridge Release 8 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the BSD licence as specified below The documentation for PCRE supplied in the doc directory is distributed under the same terms as the software itself THE MAIN PCRE LIBRARY Written by Philip Hazel Email local part ph10 Email domain cam ac uk University of Cambridge Computing Service Cambridge England Copyright c 1997 2010 University of Cambridge All rights reserved THE C WRAPPER LIBRARY Written by Google Inc Copyright c 2007 2010 Google Inc All rights reserved 259 e PMP procps px5g CAMBIUM NETWORKS GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C
145. TWORKS Once the scanning completes follow these steps to return the device to AP operation Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 6 In the spectrum analyzer application click Stop Scan Close the spectrum analyzer application by clicking File gt Exit On the AP GUI navigate to Configure gt Radio Configure Device Mode to AP Click the Save button Click the Reset button 140 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Automatic Channel Selection page Use the Automatic Channel Selection page to use the Automatic Channel Selection feature Figure 36 AP Automatic Channel Selection Q Cambium REENE Cambium Device Access Point L 2 o9 B amp Administrator Quick Search Tools gt Automatic Channel Selection A TA Automatic Channel Selection Disabled Enabled F Quickstart Warning Wireless connectivity will be temporarily interrupted during an ACS scan D Configuration J Monitor F Tools P Software Upgrade ACS Relative Interference Metric vs Frequency Pn E o Relative Interference Metric S gt 6 o Backup Restore 5 o eDetect 4 al Spectrum Analyzer 3 2 QP Automatic Channel Selection 1 0 A Wireless Link Test 2412 2417 2422 2427 2432 2437 2442 2447 2452 Frequency MHz Pin E 7 Primary 2412 MHz Ez Traceroute Minimum Dwell Time 200 msec min 50 max 500 Maximum Dwell Time 300 msec min 300 max 600 Results 141 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 60 Automatic Channe
146. This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation version 2 of the License This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details YOU should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along ba with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc kd 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA SL See full license text on page 234 265 e PMP uhttpd CAMBIUM NETWORKS Apache License Version 2 0 uhttpd Tiny single threaded httpd Main component Copyright C 2010 Jo Philipp Wich lt xm subsignal org gt Licensed under the Apache License Version 2 0 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www apache org licenses LICENSE 2 0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License
147. UM NETWORKS MAKES NO WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE CORRECTNESS ACCURACY OR RELIABILITY OF THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties so the above exclusion may not apply to you LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IN NO EVENT SHALL CAMBIUM NETWORKS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL EXEMPLARY OR OTHER DAMAGE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS OR FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY EVEN IF CAMBIUM NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above exclusion or limitation may not apply to you IN NO CASE SHALL CAMBIUM S LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT U S GOVERNMENT If you are acquiring the Product on behalf of any unit or agency of the U S Government the following applies Use duplication or disclosure of the Software and Documentation is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraphs c 1 and 2 of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 JUNE 1987 if applicable unless being provided to the Department of Defense If being provided to the Department of Defense use duplica
148. UT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 269 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Hardware warranty Cambium s standard hardware warranty is for one 1 year from date of shipment from Cambium Networks or a Cambium Point To Multipoint Distributor Cambium Networks warrants that hardware will conform to the relevant published specifications and will be free from material defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service Cambium Networks shall within this time at its own option either repair or replace the defective product within thirty 30 days of receipt of the defective product Repaired or replaced product will be subject to the original warranty period but not less than thirty 30 days 270 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Limit of liability IN NO EVENT SHALL CAMBIUM NETWORKS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENT
149. You must set this parameter exactly the same for all APs in a cluster Configure the parameter Synchronization Source This parameter defines the timing source for the device which can be GPS based or internally generated Select GPS if the AP will receive synchronization pulses from a connected GPS antenna Select CMM if the device will receive GPS synchronization pulses from a co located Cambium Cluster Management Module see PMP Synchronization Solutions User Guide Select Internal if no GPS synchronization source is available in this mode transmission between co located devices will create radio interference If Flexible is chosen as the DL UL Ratio then this parameter will be greyed out Configure the parameter IP Assignment If DHCP is selected the DHCP server automatically assigns the IP configuration Ethernet LAN IP Address Ethernet LAN IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address LAN and the values of those individual parameters below are not used To configure a simple test network select mode Static Configure the parameter IP address Internet Protocol IP address This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network To configure a simple test network this field may be left at default 192 168 0 1 84 11 12 13 14 15 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Configure the parameter Subnet Mask The Subnet Mask defines the address range of the connected IP netw
150. a gain e DFS operation is enabled based on the configured country code if applicable e Frequency selection is based on local regulatory limits Length Unit Preferred AP List The unit of measurement used for reporting Distance from AP Preferred APs The Preferred AP List is comprised of a list of up to 16 APs to which the SM sequentially attempts registration For each AP configured if authentication is required enter a Pre shared Key associated with the configured AP SSID Subscriber Module Scanning Scan Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz The SM scans and operates with a 20 MHz wide channel To associate to an AP the AP must have the same channel bandwidth as the SM 40 MHz The SM scans and operates with a 40 MHz wide channel To associate to an AP the AP must have the same channel bandwidth as the SM ALL The SM scans both 20 MHz and 40 MHz wide channels based on the configured Radio Frequency 20 MHz Scan List and the configured Radio Frequency 40 MHz Scan List Power Control Antenna Gain This value represents the amount of gain introduced by the unit s internal antenna This parameter is read only for Integrated radios Network Entry RSSI Threshold Set this parameter to the minimum Received Signal Strength Indicator RSSI at the SM required for the SM to attempt registration to an AP For example if the AP RSSI Threshold is set to 80 dBm and the SM is receiving the AP signal at 85
151. adio spectrum planning on page 61 Factors to be considered when planning links such as range path loss and throughput are described under Link planning on page 64 Factors to be considered when planning to use connectorized APs with external antennas in ePMP links are described under Planning for connectorized units on page 65 The grounding and lightning protection requirements of a ePMP installation is described under Grounding and lightning protection on page 30 Factors to be considered when planning ePMP data networks are described under Data network planning on page 66 60 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Radio spectrum planning This section describes how to plan ePMP links to conform to the regulatory restrictions that apply in the country of operation WN Caution The user must ensure ePMP product operates in accordance to local regulatory limits aa Note Contact the applicable radio regulator to check if registration of the ePMP link is required or not GENERAL WIRELESS SPECIFICATIONS The wireless specifications that apply to all ePMP variants are listed under Table 36 The wireless specifications that are specific to each frequency variant are listed in Table 37 Table 36 ePMP wireless specifications all variants Item Specification Channel selection Manual selection fixed frequency Manual power control To avoid interference to other users of the band maximum power can be set lower than the
152. alid Center Frequency Frequency Frequency Conducted EIRP county range for 20 MHz for 40 MHz Power Power DRS Band Band 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Peru 5470 5725 SveryBMHz everySMHz 16 30 ETSI Ra he 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Philippines 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 26 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every5MHz every 5MHz pone 5650 5725 5660t05715 5670to5705 30 ETSI every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Portugal 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670 to5705 at ETa every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5495 to 5590 5510 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Puente Rigo 5650 5725 5660 to5705 5670 to5695 ao PEG every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz naman 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 a0 Els every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 Russia 5470 5725 every 5MHz every 5MHz 16 No 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Serbia 5650 5725 5660t05715 5670 to5705 30 ENa every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 l 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz Slovakia 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670to5705 T 30 Eal every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5480 to 5590 5490 to 5580 5470 5600 every 5MHz every 5MHz slovenia 5650 5725 5660to5715 5670 to5705 S S every 5 MHz every 5 MHz E 5480 to 5715 5490 to 5705 South Africa 5470 5725 avery 5MHz every 5MHz 15 30 FCC South Korea 5470 5650 2480 to 5640 16 30 ETSI every 5MHz 5480 to 5
153. alyzer For initial link bring up choose AP 83 10 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Configure the parameter Country Country settings affect the radios in the following ways e Maximum transmit power limiting based on radio transmitter power plus configured antenna gain s DFS operation is enabled based on the configured country code if applicable e Frequency selection limiting based on valid frequencies for the configured Country Select the country in which your network will be operating Configure the parameter Frequency Carrier Configure the frequency carrier for RF transmission This list is dynamically adjusted to the regional restrictions based on the setting of the Country Code parameter Ensure that a thorough spectrum analysis has been completed prior to configuring this parameter Configure parameter AP SSID Name The AP SSID Name is used to identify the AP and is used to configure the SM with the appropriate AP with which to register Ensure that this parameter is configured uniquely for each AP in the network Configure the parameter Downlink Uplink Ratio Specify the percentage of the aggregate throughput for the downlink frames transmitted from the AP to the SM For example if the aggregate uplink and downlink total throughput on the AP is 90 Mbps then 75 25 specified for this parameter allocates 67 5 Mbps for the downlink and 22 5 Mbps for the uplink The default for this parameter is 75 25 Ww Caution
154. an SM are proper based on the distance of the link see Table 83 5 GHz threshold power and link loss on page 272 and Table 84 2 4 GHz threshold power and link loss on page 272 Check that the path loss is low enough for the communication rates required 4 Check that the AP or SM has not become misaligned 5 Review your Quality of Service configuration and ensure that traffic is properly classified and prioritized MODULE HAS LOST OR DOES NOT GAIN GPS SYNCHRONIZATION To troubleshoot a loss of sync perform the following steps Procedure 1 If the AP is receiving synchronization via CMM verify that the CMM is properly receiving sync via its attached GPS antenna see PMP Synchronization Solutions User Guide Verify that the cables from the CMM to the network switch are at most 30 Ft shielded or 10 Ft unshielded and that the network switch is not PoE 802 3af capable If the CMM is receiving GPS synchronization pulses verify that the AP s Synchronization Source is set to CMM and that the AP s GPS status bar icon is lit green If the AP is receiving synchronization via its internal GPS module and an external GPS antenna verify the cabling from the AP to the GPS antenna and verify that the AP s Synchronization Source is set to GPS 216 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Using the device external reset button ePMP APs and SMs feature an external button which serves two purposes e To reset the device briefly depress the butt
155. an enable the network to operate with greater efficiency but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error Port Speed The current Ethernet port speed of the radio Port Duplex Mode The current Ethernet port duplex mode of the radio Wireless Status Wireless Interface Device IP address Up The device wireless interface is functioning and passing data Down The device wireless interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation Reset the device to reinitiate the wireless interface Currently unused Subnet Mask Network Status Currently unused Default Gateway DNS Server IP IP address that is currently assigned Represents the IP address of the DNS Server DHCP Option 82 Enabled ePMP inserts remote id option ID 0x2 to be SM s MAC address and the circuit id ID 0x01 to be the AP s MAC address Those two fields are used to identify the remote device and connection where the DHCP request was received and DHCP server can assign IP address accordingly Disabled When Disabled AP passes the bootP traffic unaffected DHCP Option 82 is Disabled by default Bridge Table MAC address The hardware address of the AP Port The port to which the device is connected Subscriber Module MAC MAC Address for one of the connected SMs Aging Timer secs
156. and SM RADIUS Enables the connection to a pre configured RADIUS server WPA2 WPA2 Pre shared Key Configure this key on the AP then configure each of the network SMs with this key to complete the authentication configuration This key must be between 8 to 128 symbols RADIUS Servers For more Radio servers click Add Up to 3 Radius servers can be configured on the device with the following attributes IP Address IP Address of the Radius server on the network Port The Radius server port Default is 1812 Secret Secret key that is used to communicate with the Radius server Server Retries Number of times the radio will retry authentication with the configured Radius server before it fails authentication of the SM Server Timeout Timeout between each retry with the configured Radius server before it fails authentication of the SM Firewalls Layer 2 Firewall Enabled Modifications to the Layer 2 Firewall Table are allowed and rules are enforced Disabled Modifications to the Layer 2 Firewall Table are not allowed and rules are not enforced Firewall Rules When the SM is configured with SM Network Mode set to Bridge the Layer 2 firewall table may be used to configure rules matching layer 2 MAC layer traffic which result in forwarding or dropping the traffic over the radio link or Ethernet interface Layer 3 Firewall Enabled Modifications to the Layer 3 Firewall Table ar
157. andard to demonstrate the compliances of radio base Subscriber Modules and fixed terminal Subscriber Modules for wireless telecommunication systems with the basic restrictions or the reference levels related to human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic fields 110 MHz 40 GHz general public ICNIRP International Commission on Non lonizing Radiation Protection guidelines for the general public See the ICNIRP web site http www icnirp de and Guidelines for Limiting Exposure to Time Varying Electric Magnetic and Electromagnetic Fields Power density exposure limit Install the radios for the ePMP family of PMP wireless solutions so as to provide and maintain the minimum separation distances from all persons The applicable power density exposure limit from the standards see Human exposure to radio frequency energy on page 274 is 10 W m for RF energy in the 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz frequency bands 274 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Calculation of power density Peak power density in the far field of a radio frequency point source is calculated as follows A Note The following calculation is based on the ANSI IEEE C95 1 1991 method as that provides a worst case analysis Details of the assessment to EN50383 2002 can be provided if required And Where Is S power density in W m maximum average transmit power capability of the radio in W G total Tx gain as a factor converted from dB d distance from poin
158. ansmitted out of the SM s wireless interface in Kbits Broadcast Packets Total number of broadcast packets transmitted out of the SM s wireless interface Multicast Packets Total number of multicast packets transmitted out of the SM s wireless interface Wireless Statistics Uplink Total Traffic Total amount of traffic received via the SM s wireless interface in Kbits Total Packets Total number of packets received via the SM s wireless interface Error Drop Packets Capacity Drop Packets Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the SM s Ethernet interface due to RF errors packet integrity error and other RF related packet error Total number of packets dropped after transmitting out of the SM s Wireless interface due to capacity issues data buffer queue overflow or other performance or internal packet errors Retransmission Packets Total number of packets re transmitted after transmitting out of the SM s Wireless interface due to the packets not being received by the AP Multicast Broadcast Traffic Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic received on the SM s wireless interface in Kbits Broadcast Packets Multicast Packets Link Quality Uplink Total number of broadcast packets received on the SM s wireless interface Total number of multicast packets received on the SM s wireless interface The Uplink quality based on
159. arding Port Forwarding Disabled Enabled ae G J canpacr view Powt1o Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPOE PPPOE Disabled 7 Enabled Service Mame temp Acces Concentrator Cambium Authentication AL A PAP A CHAP Username Pacewoard MTU Size 1492 ytes min 576 man 3402 Keep Alive Tune 10 min O max 280 MSS Clamping D Dissbled tnsbied De M tarized Zone OMZ OMZ Dibid idies IP Address Virtua Local Arce Network VLAN VLAN Management Data pnried 7 Enabied VLAN IO min 1 1 man 4006 VLAN Priority mia 8 mar 7 160 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 68 SM Network attributes NAT mode Attribute Meaning General Network Mode NAT The SM acts as a router and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their IP header source or destination Bridge The SM acts as a switch and packets are forwarded or filtered based on their MAC destination address Wireless IP Assignment Static Wireless IP addressing is configured manually in fields WAN IP Address WAN IP Subnet Mask WAN Gateway IP Address Primary DNS IP Address and Secondary DNS IP Address DHCP Device management IP addressing IP address subnet mask gateway and DNS server is assigned via a network DHCP server Wireless IP Address Wireless Subnet Mask Wireless Internet protocol IP address This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network
160. ards USA and EC applicable when working with RF equipment are ANSI IEEE C95 1 1991 IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields 3 kHz to 300 GHz Council recommendation of 12 July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields 0 Hz to 300 GHz 1999 519 EC and respective national regulations Directive 2004 40 EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on the minimum health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of workers to the risks arising from physical agents electromagnetic fields 18th individual Directive within the meaning of Article 16 1 of Directive 89 391 EEC US FCC limits for the general population See the FCC web site http www fcc gov and the policies guidelines and requirements in Part 1 of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations as well as the guidelines and suggestions for evaluating compliance in FCC OET Bulletin 65 Health Canada limits for the general population See the Health Canada web site http www hc sc gc ca ewh semt pubs radiation 99ehd dhm237 limits limites_e html and Safety Code 6 EN 50383 2002 Basic standard for the calculation and measurement of electromagnetic field strength and SAR related to human exposure from radio base Subscriber Modules and fixed terminal Subscriber Modules for wireless telecommunication systems 110 MHz 40 GHz BS EN 50385 2002 Product st
161. are and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 230 e PMP json2 js CAMBIUM NETWORKS http www JSON org json2 js 2010 08 25 Public Domain NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED USE AT YOUR OWN RISK See http Awww JSON org js html This code must be minified before deployment See http javascript crockford com jsmin html USE YOUR OWN COPY IT IS EXTREMELY UNWISE TO LOAD CODE FROM SERVERS YOU DO NOT CONTROL jJquery noty Copyright c 2012 Nedim Arabac Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the So
162. arily TDD based System Release 1 2 3 added a Flexible Frame Ratio option which provides improved latency and throughput under unsynchronized operational mode From a network point of view the ePMP wireless link is a transparent Layer 2 bridge It offers limited switching capability in order to support a primary and a secondary future release Ethernet port on the Subscriber Module ePMP supports quality of service QoS classification capability and supports three traffic priorities Management of the unit is conducted via the same interface as the bridged traffic in band Management System Release 1 3 4 adds support for RADIUS EAP TTLS authentication and VSA support for MIR When deployed with a sector antenna the ePMP 1000 GPS Sync Radio can be configured as a GPS synchronized Access Point serving ePMP Integrated Radios configured as Subscriber Modules When deployed with a high gain point to point antenna the ePMP GPS Sync Radio can be configured to be a GPS Synchronized Backhaul Master forming a PTP link with another ePMP Radio module A summary of the main ePMP characteristics is listed under Table 1 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 1 Main characteristics of the ePMP Series Characteristic Value Topology PMP or PTP Wireless link condition LOS near LOS Range 20 MHz Up to 13 mi 40 MHz Up to 9 mi Scheduler TDD or Flexible Connectivity Ethernet Operating frequencies Unlicensed bands 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz
163. asscccvassiadseasadacvasa aca vasadacsvasdusssatasapaladaxanadeascauacetutanadsidcapncancxanbels 220 LS Tae TESUMICHOMS ede titerecavetetvetedeeeessvetctve a E A A GA teehee erate ite 221 FT aM UY ase ee ccets st caseeitnasetudtcanseaatecastuatcenstusteutanscheatecnctmateneotnateateinateanetenteancanatoase 222 Right to use Cambium s WANG 2622592227255 527525255292T 2259220222524252 2 52 22552929 TTE SRTR 222 MOM NS ET schetele ests oc coset ts tested aR ARAARA RAAR AEA EATE A ATEENA TETEN 222 Updates ariadna EE AREE EAn ARAE EEE S AARG 222 MalINtOM ANCE coitre a a E A a aa a a aaa 222 Disclaimer isoissa aasa e E a EEE aA EN Eaa SEa 223 Limitation of hability wp site Nites erie crntcnteletesentedieteiiledlceen vad ai ESG NREN Aiia 223 US GOVE NN cca sce shacks eaa ae ste aaa aE E EEA ea a Eea 223 Term Of eT 224 Governing LT 224 ASSIGIIMIGN eresian ina a Aa aAA EG EAE EE AGOE 224 Survival of s Tee issiria assises rors aars EEE ESENE ENNAN 224 Sulis la Tena kasai aa ai Ea aA a a aaa Ea 224 Third patty Tenn T 224 IG a a aea aa Aaa a a a 234 TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 235 END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS sss sss 240 Hardware Warranty cssatncnscsnsencaceasscennessencaccutusanseusanaaenienssnnessandsanate sanscsaneasspieseesediabaaseees 270 Limit OP hability sisi nsicossicsiexcanscansicensusias Saasienasicastises dems caaveassnenecasncaasicassdanneaemceseansennssiowerios 271 System threshold output power and link loss
164. ate of packet errors reported by the managed Ethernet switch or router is less than 10 in 1 million packets Test ping packet loss Using a computer it is possible to generate and monitor packets lost between the power supply and the AP SM This can be achieved by executing the Command Prompt application which is supplied as standard with Windows and Mac operating systems PN caution This procedure disrupts network traffic carried by the AP or SM under test Procedure 1 Ensure that the IP address of the computer is configured appropriately for connection to the AP or SM under test and does not conflict with other devices connected to the network 2 If the power supply is connected to an Ethernet switch or router then connect the computer to a spare port if available 3 If it is not possible to connect the computer to a spare port of an Ethernet switch or router then the power supply must be disconnected from the network in order to execute this test e Disconnect the power supply from the network e Connect the computer directly to the LAN port of the power supply 4 On the computer open the Command Prompt application 5 Send 1000 ping packets of length 1500 bytes The process will take 1000 seconds which is approximately 17 minutes If the computer is running a Windows operating system this is achieved by typing for an IPv6 address use the ping6 command ping n 1000 I 1500 lt ipaddress gt where l
165. ate to loss of sync events Are connections made via shielded cables Does the GPS antenna have an unobstructed view of the entire horizon 210 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Upgrading device software To take advantage of new features and software improvements for the ePMP system monitor the Cambium Networks PMP Software website https support cambiumnetworks com files epmp To upgrade the device software AP or SM follow this Procedure 1 When upgrading multiple v1 0 3 integrated devices ensure that the browser cache is cleared at the beginning of the upgrade process 2 Log in to the device GUI via the management IP 3 Navigate to page Tools Software Upgrade Main Software Software Version Active Bank 2 1 RC26 Software Version Inactive Bank 2 1 RC25 Firmware Version U Boot 9350_PX 1 1 4 a Aug 21 2013 21 14 06 Upgrade Options 5 URL Local File Select File GPS Firmware Firmware Version AXN_1 51_2838 Upgrade Options URL Local File Warning GPS firmware upgrade will take more than 3 minutes and will cause a service outage during that time 4 Under the Main Software section set the Upgrade Option to URL to pull the software file from a network software server or select Local File to upload a file from the accessing device If URL is selected enter the server IP address Server Port and File path 5 If Local File is selected click Browse to launch the file selection dialogue 6 Click Upgrade WwW Caution Do not pow
166. ated by the AP and the timing is not based on GPS pulses PN caution Verify that the cables from the CMM to the network switch are at most 30 ft shielded or 10 Ft unshielded and that the network switch is not PoE 802 3af BB cation APs using Synchronization Source of Internal will not transmit and receive in sync with other co located or in range APs which introduces interference into the system The Synchronization Holdoff Time is designed to gracefully handle Holdoff Time fluctuations losses in the GPS synchronization signaling After the AP has received a reliable synchronization pulse for at least 60 seconds if there is a loss of synchronization signal the Synchronization Holdoff timer is started During the holdoff interval all SM registrations are maintained If a valid GPS synchronization pulse is regained during the holdoff interval then the AP continues to operate normally If a valid synchronization pulse is not regained from the GPS source during the holdoff interval then the AP ceases radio transmission Default 30 seconds 100 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Quality of Service page The ePMP platform supports three QoS priority levels using air fairness priority based starvation avoidance scheduling algorithm Priority Level ePMP Traffic Priority Label Highest Priority Served first VOIP only utilized when VOIP Enable is set to Enabled Medium Priority Served once highest priority
167. bass 17 Product descriptiOM ssiicsensscnedducncwiutnuateadueducwsiadeeendacesumedguniesd dqamuduiwadebicnadvamucuanassMenetaudes 18 Overview of OF VIP iiiccanienssncssscaseassinceeasssanananacnstnassieuosoacnseneanbanabbisunduaassattnaaswusveanisesaeisenennsd 19 PUMP OSG site cesdpasdccccnctedssdiaeieancssiscesduanixandsectceidesdxctecuetachusssducseceadaysgatcusteeasteesdsasdarseecceaieaavens 19 K y LAT 19 Typical deployment EQuipMe nt cccceccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaecaaaeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeseeeeaaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaaa 20 UO eTel Ta 21 Time division dupleXiNg H 21 OFDM and channel bandwidth 21 Adaptive Teil lT 21 DUI e 21 Radar AVOIDANCE cidices siis cviietdicsssdiee nie Macca E bead tae eee sab E a ni 22 ENGIY DUOM iresi inann aa a a NA AAA A ARE AEN AEE A ANAA EAT ARARE aS 22 Co ntry COGS TTT 22 PMP M tWOrkS riaren ndanani aa a a Ea divide aaa EEES 23 Further reading on wireless Operations sees eee eee seene eee 24 System management asses sees esse sese esse sees eee ennenen enen 25 Manageme nt ag ent iaictiscilisessaecccdaavicctdvecd ccedediedatecavecca2isienvadestoesdgaseiand caaleesedandaareesstaaeeeesis 25 Wep serve C 25 e VIOT E EE ANE 27 Network Time Protocol NTR 27 Cambium Network Services Server see eee eee eee eee eee 27 S ftware Hee Tele asteirsherc vacate cere ten ieia aa AEE E ETLE NTE ata TANEN 27 Further reading on system management eee eee ee eee eee eee eee 28 Systemi NANO WANG cissicsnanssanscanioed caviccndanatevdss
168. being received by the SMs Multicast Broadcast Traffic Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic transmitted out of the AP s wireless interface in Kbits Broadcast Packets Total number of broadcast packets transmitted out of the AP s wireless interface Multicast Packets Total number of multicast packets transmitted out of the AP s wireless interface Wireless Statistics Uplink Total Traffic Total amount of traffic received via the AP s wireless interface in Kbits Total Packets Total number of packets received via the AP s wireless interface Error Drop Packets Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the AP s Ethernet interface due to RF errors packet integrity error and other RF related packet error Multicast Broadcast Traffic Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic received on the AP s wireless interface in Kbits Broadcast packets Multicast Packets System Statistics Total number of broadcast packets received on the AP s wireless interface Total number of multicast packets received on the AP s wireless interface Session Drops Device Reboots Total number of SM sessions dropped on the AP Total number of reboots of the AP Network Entry Attempts Total number of Network Entry Attempts by all the SMs on the AP Successful Network Attempts Total number of successful network entry attempts
169. bscriber Modules 4 Average Wireless Throughput o 9 2 3 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 45 03 37 15 30 45 03 38 15 230 145 Downlink uplink Web pages The web based management interfaces provide comprehensive web based fault configuration performance and security management functions organized into the following web pages and groups Access Point and Subscriber Module web pages e Dashboard The Dashboard web page reports the general device status session status remote subscriber status event log information and network interface status e Configure The Configuration web page may be utilized for configuring general device parameters as well as IP radio SNMP Quality of Service QoS security time VLAN protocol filtering and unit settings e Monitor The Monitor web page reports detailed operating statistics for the radio link and network and reports system log information e Tools The tools web page offers useful tools for device installation configuration and operation including software upgrade backup restore spectrum analyzer throughput test ping test and traceroute e Quick Start The Quick Start web page provides quick access to requisite parameters for radio link establishment and network access 26 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Identity based user accounts When identity based user accounts are configured a security officer can define from one to four user accounts each of which may have one of the four pos
170. but mounting in this zone significantly reduces the possibility of a direct strike Mount equipment in this zone PN Warning Do not mount equipment in Zone A which can put the equipment structures and life at risk 31 e PMP Connectorized Module CAMBIUM NETWORKS For details of the ePMP connectorized hardware see e Connectorized Module description on page 32 e Connectorized part numbers on page 33 e Connectorized Module interfaces on page 34 e Connectorized Module specifications on page 36 e Connectorized Module and external antenna location on page 37 e Connectorized Module wind loading on page 38 e Connectorized Module software packages on page 38 e Connectorized module antennas and antenna cabling on page 39 CONNECTORIZED MODULE DESCRIPTION The connectorized ePMP device is a self contained transceiver unit that houses both radio and networking electronics The connectorized unit is designed to work with externally mounted antennas that have high gains Connectorized units can cope with more difficult radio conditions The unit is designed with female RP SMA 50Q antenna connections located at the top of the unit An ePMP connectorized unit may function as an Access Point AP or a Subscriber Module SM in a Point To Multipoint PMP or in a Point To Point PTP network topology da Note To select antennas RF cables and connectors for connectorized units see Connectorized module
171. certification center Creating a CA private key 1 Create a root self signed certificate from our private certificate Go to the directory where the database is stored for our certificates and start generating 2 Create a private key CA my own Certificate Authority RSA key length of 2048 bits encryption algorithm 3DES File name with a key cambium ca key openssl genrsa des3 out cambium ca key 2048 Generating RSA private key 2048 bit long modulus E ari Sig RRR E 9 to F wees TOR F e is 65537 0x10001 Enter pass phrase for cambium key Verifying Enter pass phrase for cambium ca key 3 While creating the private key you must enter a passphrase which will be closed by key and confirm it Content key can viewed from the following command openssl rsa noout text in cambium ca key In this case you must enter the private key again Creating a CA certificate Generate a self signed certificate CA openssl req new x509 days 3650 key cambium ca key out cambium ca crt 203 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Enter pass phrase for cambium key You are asked to enter information that will be incorporated into your certificate request What you enter is called a Distinguished Name or a DN There are quite a few fields of which you can leave some blank For some fields there is a default value If you enter field is left blank Country Name 2 letter country code State or Province Name full name Locality Name Ex
172. ch with PTP 40 MHz 8 dBi Reflector Dish 0 050 100 0 10 0 20 0 4 40 1 PTP 40 MHz Connectorized 17 dBi Sector 0 025 50 1 10 0 10 0 2 39 9 PTP 40 MHz Connectorized 19 dBi Panel 0 020 79 4 10 0 11 0 3 71 3 PTP 40 MHz Connectorized 25 dBi Dish 0 006 316 2 10 0 13 0 3 56 7 A 44 Note Gain of antenna in dBi 10 log G transmit burst subject to allowance for source based time averaging be achieved with the Integrated Antenna The calculations above assume that the maximum EIRP allowed by the regulations is being transmitted The regulations require that the power used for the calculations is the maximum power in the At 2 4 GHz 5 4 GHz and EU 5 8 GHz the products are generally limited to a fixed EIRP which can da Note GHz for all frequency bands If there are no EIRP limits in the country of deployment use the distance calculations for FCC 5 8 280 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Compliance with radio regulations This section describes how the ePMP complies with the radio regulations that are enforced in various countries WN Caution Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Cambium Networks could void the user s authority to operate the system TYPE APPROVALS This system has achieved Type Approval in various countries around the world This means that the system has been tested against various local technical regulations and found to comply The frequency bands in which the system operates may be unl
173. claimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE libtool GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed See full license text on page 234 251 e PMP lua CAMBIUM NETWORKS Lua License Lua is licensed under the terms of the MIT license reproduced below This means that Lua is free software and can be used for both academic and commercial purposes at absolutely no cost For details and rationale see http Awww lua org license html Copyright C 1994 2008 Lua org PUC Rio Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including witho
174. criber Module 0 cy Administrator lt Quick Search Monitor gt System Log A Home Syslog Display Disabled Enabled Z QuickStart SETE UC 3 D Configuration dp Monitor eC Performance w System A Wireless 8 Network System Log P Tools Table 75 SM System Log attributes Attribute Meaning Syslog Display Enabled The system log file is displayed on the management GUI Disabled The system log file is hidden on the management GUI Syslog file Use this button to download the full system log file to a connected PC or device 184 ePMP SM TOOLS MENU The SM Tools menu provides several options for upgrading device software configuration backup restore analyzing RF spectrum testing device throughput running ping and traceroute tests SM Software Upgrade page on page 186 SM Backup Restore page on page 188 SM eDetect page on page 190 SM Spectrum Analyzer page on page 192 SM Wireless Link Test page on page 195 SM Ping page on page 196 SM Traceroute page on page 197 CAMBIUM NETWORKS 185 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Software Upgrade page Use the SM Software Upgrade page to update the device radio software to take advantage of new software features and improvements PN caution Read the Release Notes associated with each software release Figure 51 SM Software Upgrade page Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Quick Search PE Home Z Quick s
175. ct a channel For ex If the operator manually configured a channel bandwidth of 20MHz ACS will scan and choose a channel of 20MHz wide channel To switch ACS to 40MH z or other channel bandwidth the operator should disable ACS manually configure 40MHz or desired channel bandwidth on the radio then enable and run ACS 92 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Access Point Configuration AP SSID The AP SSID is used to identify the AP and is used to configure the SM with the appropriate AP with which to register Ensure that this parameter is configured uniquely for each AP in the network Max Registrations Allowed Based on sector network planning and SM service level implementations set the SM Registration Limit to the maximum allowed number of SMs that are allowed network entry Default value is 60 Max Range Channel Enter a number of miles or kilometers for the furthest distance from which an SM is allowed to register to this AP Do not set the distance to any greater number of miles A greater distance e does not increase the power of transmission from the AP e can reduce aggregate throughput Regardless of this distance the SM must meet the minimum requirements for an acceptable link The AP will reject any SM network entry attempts from outside the configured maximum range Default value is 3 miles N Caution If the AP is in cluster or is in range of another AP then you must se
176. ction 810 of the National Electric Code ANSI NFPA No 70 1984 USA In Canada follow Section 54 of the Canadian Electrical Code These codes describe correct installation procedures for grounding the outdoor unit mast lead in wire and discharge unit size of grounding conductors and connection requirements for grounding electrodes Other regulations may apply in different countries and therefore it is recommended that installation be contracted to a professional installer Powering down before servicing Always power down and unplug the equipment before servicing Primary disconnect device The ePMP power supply is the primary disconnect device External cables Safety may be compromised if outdoor rated cables are not used for connections that will be exposed to the outdoor environment RF exposure near the antenna Strong radio frequency RF fields will be present close to the antenna when the transmitter is on Always turn off the power to the ePMP device before undertaking maintenance activities in front of the antenna Minimum separation distances Install the ePMP device so as to provide and maintain the minimum separation distances from all persons The minimum separation distances for each frequency variant are specified in Calculated distances and power compliance margins on page 275 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS IMPORTANT REGULATORY INFORMATION The ePMP product is certified as an unlicensed device in frequency bands where i
177. curity attributes Attribute Meaning Security Options Wireless Security Enter the type of authentication preferred whether RADIUS WPA2 Open or a combination of the three WPA2 WPA2 Pre shared Key Configure this key on the AP and then configure each of the network SMs with this key to complete the authentication configuration This key must be between 8 to 128 symbols RADIUS EAP TTLS Username Configure the EAP TTLS Username to match the credentials on the Radius server being used for the network EAP TTLS Password Configure the EAP TTLS Password to match the credentials on the Radius server being used for the network Authentication Identity String Configure this Identity string to match the credentials on the Radius server being used for the network Default value for this parameter is anonymous Authentication Identity Realm Configure this Identity string to match the credentials on the Radius server being used for the network Default value for this parameter is cambiumnetworks com Default Root Certificate Default EAP TTLS root certificate that must match the certificate on the Radius server Default Canopy Root Certificate PMP 450 default EAP TTLS root certificate to match the certificate on the Radius server used with current PMP 450 deployments User Provisioned Root Certificate 1 Import a user certificate if a certificate different from
178. d Center Country ita Frequency for Frequency for a EIRP Power 20 MHz Band 40 MHz Band Kyrgyzstan 2400 2500 See cae per 27 South Korea 2400 2500 a Soe 36 Kazakhstan 2400 2500 maa S Moldova 2400 2500 every MHz every 5MHz Mexico 2400 2500 every MHz every 5MHz 36 Malaysia 24002500 R tees S Nigerie mz enous even SM z New Zealand 2400 2500 sea ee Gen 20 sre mar R monty a poru 24002500 le ARa ta z Philippines 2400 2500 pie ate Saa 23 36 36 for PMP AP Puerto Rico 2400 2500 2412 2402 2477 2452 Configured Antenna Gain 6 3 for other modes russia aza E Sao Singapore 2400 2500 pe raer 23 36 Thailand 2400 2500 aes Y pe 20 Tajikistan 2400 2500 ee ene So cute 27 Turkmenistan 2400 2500 per ase 27 Taiwan 2400 2500 very SMHz every SMHz 36 Ukraine 2400 2500 every sMHz every 5MHz Uganda 2400 2500 ague every 5MHz 23 298 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center Country dis ees Frequency for Frequency for a EIRP Power g 20 MHz Band 40 MHz Band 36 for PMP AP 30 dBm 6 United States 2400 2500 Sered Se 27 Configured Antenna T T Gain 6 3 for other modes 2412 2472 2422 2462 Uzbekistan 2400 2500 every MHz every MHz 27 2412 2472 2422 2462 Venezuela 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 23 36 36 for PMP AP Pee 30 dBm 6 oe 2400 2500 Sered Si Configured Antenna T y Gain 6 3 for other modes 2412 2472 2422 2462 Vietnam 2400 2500 every 5MHz every 5MHz 23 36 E 2412 247
179. d are licensed under the 2 point BSD license loginrec is written primarily by Andre Lucas atomicio c by Theo de Raadt stricat is c Todd C Miller Import code in keyimport c is modified from PuTTY s import c licensed as follows PuTTY is copyright 1997 2003 Simon Tatham Portions copyright Robert de Bath Joris van Rantwijk Delian Delchev Andreas Schultz Jeroen Massar Wez Furlong Nicolas Barry Justin Bradford and CORE SDI S A Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE
180. d in this Agreement Any attempt to otherwise sublicense assign or transfer any of the rights duties or obligations hereunder is null and void GOVERNING LAW This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States of America to the extent that they apply and otherwise by the laws of the State of Illinois ASSIGNMENT This agreement may not be assigned by you without Cambium s prior written consent SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS The parties agree that where the context of any provision indicates an intent that it survives the term of this Agreement then it will survive ENTIRE AGREEMENT This agreement contains the parties entire agreement regarding your use of the Software and may be amended only in writing signed by both parties except that Cambium Networks may modify this Agreement as necessary to comply with applicable laws THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE The software may contain one or more items of Third Party Software supplied by other third party suppliers The terms of this Agreement govern your use of any Third Party Software UNLESS A SEPARATE THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE LICENSE IS INCLUDED IN WHICH CASE YOUR USE OF THE THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE WILL THEN BE GOVERNED BY THE SEPARATE THIRD PARTY LICENSE Copyright c 2002 2010 Atheros Communications Inc Copyright c 2002 2005 Sam Leffler Errno Consulting Copyright C 2011 Denali Software Inc All rights reserved Aquila Permission to use copy modify and or distribute this soft
181. d the amount of the total radio link s aggregate throughput that will be used for uplink resources The fourth option Flexible allows the radio to dynamically choose the amount of the total radio s aggregate throughput that is used for downlink and uplink resources every frame PN caution Setting this parameter to Flexible causes the radio to operate in unsynchronized mode For all other settings if the AP is in cluster or is in range of another AP then you must set this parameter on all other APs in the cluster and in range exactly the same Otherwise overlapping RF transmissions will introduce system interference Beacon Interval 500 msec Radio beacons will be sent by the AP every 500 milliseconds Effectively this configuration allows quicker SM network entry since more beacons are available when the SM is scanning In large network deployments a 500 millisecond beacon interval configuration will allow SMs to enter the network more quickly 1000 msec Default Radio beacons will be sent by the AP every 1000 milliseconds In small network deployments this setting may be applicable as beacons are scheduled half as often as a 500 millisecond configuration This reduction in beacon scheduling results in a minor increase in user data traffic rates by 1 packet per second Carrier Sense Enabled The device tries to detect the presence of a carrier wave from another AP SM before attempting to transmit This is
182. d to define a range of IP addresses to match MAC traffic prioritization is based on the source and or destination MAC address of the packet entering the AP s Ethernet port A mask may be included to define a range of MAC addresses to match The mask is made up of a hex representation of a series of 1s to start the mask and Os that end the mask A 1 may not follow a 0 Thus FF FF FF FF 00 00 is allowed but FF 00 FF FF FF FF is not The MAC address is combined with the mask to define the range of allowed MAC addresses Represents the details of the Class of Service CoS present in the packet entering the AP s Ethernet port Priority Represents the QOS classification rule priority 103 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP System page The AP s System page is used to configure system parameters services time settings SNMP and syslog Figure 24 AP System page rch Serer PR Nome FF uk Stat D contiguration lt GP aate QOS Quality of Service N monitor lt P eals lt Configuration gt System General Device name Webpage Auto Update Web Service Web serve HTTP Port HTTPS Port SSH Service SS service Network Time Protocol NTP NTP Server 1P Assignment Preferred NTP Server Alternate NIP Server Time Zone Location Services Obtain trom internal GOS Device Lottude interna GPS Labtude Device Langtude internal GPS Longtude Device Height Internal GPS Height User Acco
183. ddress 00 04 56 C0 08 F6 S Tools SM IP Address 10 120 204 4 SM MAC Address 00 04 56 C0 08 F9 SM IP Address 10 120 204 5 Table 53 AP Wireless Status page attributes Attribute Meaning Operating The current frequency at which the AP is operating Frequency Operating Channel The current channel size at which the AP is transmitting and receiving Bandwidth Transmitter Output The current power level at which the AP is transmitting Power Registered The total number of SMs which are currently registered to the AP Subscriber Modules Ethernet Interface Up The Ethernet LAN interface is functioning properly Down The Ethernet LAN interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic Wireless Interface Up The radio WAN interface is functioning properly Down The radio WAN interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic Current Country The current country code at which the AP is operating Code 122 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Registered Subscriber Modules Use the Registered Subscriber Modules table to monitor registered SMs their key RF status and statistics information SM MAC Address The MAC address of the SM wireless interface SM IP Address The IP address of the SM wireless interface 123 e PMP AP GPS page CAMBIUM NETWORKS Use the GPS Status page to reference key information about the radio s configured GPS
184. e channel In Service Monitoring at Alternative Channel The radio has detected a radar pulse and has moved operation to a frequency configured in DFS Alternative Frequency Carrier 1 or DFS Alternative Frequency Carrier 2 System Not In Service due to DFS The radio has detected a radar pulse and has failed channel availability checks on all alternative frequencies The non occupancy time for the radio frequencies in which radar was detected is 30 minutes 177 ePMP SM Wireless page CAMBIUM NETWORKS Use the Wireless page to reference key information about the radio s wireless interface Figure 48 SM Wireless page Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Quick Search Monitor gt Wireless A Home Registered AP SSID Cambium AP Registered AP MAC Address 00 04 56 C3 12 AC K Quick start Distance from AP 0 miles D Configuration lt Operating Frequency 5485 MHz Operating Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz dp Monitor Downlink RSSI 58 dBm P Performance Downlink SNR 39 dB EE system Transmitter Output Power 21 dBm Uplink MCS gt wireless Downlink MCS MCS 15 8 Network Power Control MCS 15 Mode from AP Closed Loop Ethernet Interfa U System Log lla g F Wireless Interface Up F Toos Current Country Other Time since last scan 0000 03 11 34 Connection Status Connected ia SSID Cambium AP MAC 00 04 56 C3 12 AC Frequency Carrier 5485 MHz Bandwidth 20 MHz SNR 40 dB RSSI 57 dBm Meets Network
185. e products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE mtd Copyright 2005 Waldemar Brodkorb lt wbx dass it de gt Copyright C 2005 2009 Felix Fietkau lt ndb openwrt org gt Copyright C 2006 2009 OpenWrt org This is free software licensed under the GNU General Public License v2 See full license text on page 234 253 e PMP ncurses CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright c 1998 2004 2006 Free Software Foundation Inc Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish dis
186. e Cambium Networks document set Warnings Warnings precede instructions that contain potentially hazardous situations Warnings are used to alert the reader to possible hazards that could cause loss of life or physical injury A warning has the following format DN warning Warning text and consequence for not following the instructions in the warning Cautions Cautions precede instructions and are used when there is a possibility of damage to systems software or individual items of equipment within a system However this damage presents no danger to personnel A caution has the following format PN caution Caution text and consequence for not following the instructions in the caution Notes A note means that there is a possibility of an undesirable situation or provides additional information to help the reader understand a topic or concept A note has the following format da Note Note text ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Caring for the environment The following information describes national or regional requirements for the disposal of Cambium Networks supplied equipment and for the approved disposal of surplus packaging In EU countries The following information is provided to enable regulatory compliance with the European Union EU directives identified and any amendments made to these directives when using Cambium equipment in EU countries a Disposal of Cambium equipment Eur
187. e Version under Monitor gt GPS Status shows NOT AVAILABLE it means that the on board GPS chip has locked up A power cycle of the ePMP unit is required to restore the connectivity to the chip before performing the GPS firmware upgrade Select File Click Browse to select a local file located on the device accessing the web management interface for upgrading the on board GPS chip firmware A rN Note Use the same package that is used to upgrade the device s software The new GPS firmware is part of the software upgrade packages 131 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS To upgrade the device software from a local file or network accessible file follow this Procedure 1 Download the software upgrade packages from https support cambiumnetworks com files epmp 2 Clear the accessing browser cache 3 On the device GUI navigate to Tools gt Software Upgrade 4 Select the Software Upgrade Source which represents the location of your software upgrade packages 5 Based on the configuration of Software Upgrade Source enter either the Software Upgrade Source or click the Browse button and locate the software package 6 Click Upgrade 7 When the upgrade completes successfully click the Reset icon To upgrade the GPS firmware from a local file or network accessible file follow this Procedure 1 Download the software upgrade packages from https support cambiumnetworks com files epmp 2 Clear the accessing brows
188. e allowed and rules are enforced Disabled Modifications to the Layer 3 Firewall Table are not allowed and rules are not enforced Firewall Rules When the SM is configured with SM Network Mode set to NAT the Layer 3 firewall table may be used to configure rules matching layer 3 IP layer traffic which result in forwarding or dropping the traffic over the radio link or Ethernet interface 114 PMP AP MONITOR MENU Use the Monitor menu to access device and network statistics and status information This section may be used to analyze and troubleshoot network performance and operation The Monitor menu contains the following pages AP Performance page on page 116 AP System page on page 120 AP Wireless page on page 122 AP GPS page on page 124 AP Network page on page 126 AP System Log page on page 128 CAMBIUM NETWORKS 115 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Performance page Use the Performance page to monitor system status and statistics to analyze and troubleshoot network performance and operation Figure 27 AP Performance page Quick search Monitor gt Performance A Home Time Since Last Revet OGO 01 3 07 a Configuration Ethernet Statistics Transmitted Ethernet Statistics Received Total Traffic 782118 kbes Total Traffic 111762 kbits 4 E Total Packets 133965 Total Packets 105720 Pocket Errors o Packet Errors o Pocket Drops 9 Packet Drops 9 Multicast Broadcast Traffic 4099 hits
189. e command line as shown below e To extract a tar bz2 file use the command note the j option tar jxvf freeradius server x x x tar bz2 e To extract a tar gz file use the command note the z option tar zxvf freeradius server x x x tar gz 3 Once the files are extracted to a folder cd freeradius server x x x execute these commands sudo apt get install libssl dev sudo apt get install libtalloc dev configure make make install CONFIGURING FREE RADIUS SERVER To configure Free Radius server follow these steps A Note IP address or subnet of the client must be configured in the clients conf file Ex For the examples listed in the document the subnet of the external machine is 172 22 121 0 or 192 168 0 0 1 For testing from external machines edit usr local etc raddb clients conf and add an entry For example client 172 22 121 0 24 ipaddr 172 22 121 0 netmask 24 secret cambium proto shortname epmpl client 127 0 0 0 24 ipaddr 172 22 121 0 netmask 24 secret cambium proto shortname epmpl client 192 168 0 0 16 ipaddr 192 168 0 0 netmask 16 secret cambium proto 198 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS To add EAP TTLS Username and EAP TTLS Password edit usr local etc raddb user For example put this string at the end of file cambium SubscriberModule Cleartext Password cambium where cambium SubscriberModule EAP TTLS Username and cambi
190. e current U Boot version 130 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Upgrade Options URL A webserver may be used to retrieve software upgrade packages downloaded to the device via the webserver For example if a webserver is running at IP address 192 168 2 1 and the software upgrade packages are located in the home directory an operator may select option From URL and configure the Software Upgrade Source field to http 192 168 2 1 lt software_upgrade_package gt Local File Click Browse to select the local file containing the software upgrade package Select File Click Browse to select a local file located on the device accessing the web management interface for upgrading the device software GPS Firmware Firmware Version The current firmware of the on board GPS chip AXN_1 51_2801 After upgrading this version should show as AXN_1 51_2838 Upgrade Options URL A webserver may be used to retrieve GPS firmware upgrade packages downloaded to the device via the webserver For example if a webserver is running at IP address 192 168 2 1 and the firmware upgrade packages are located in the home directory an operator may select option From URL and configure the GPS Firmware Upgrade Source field to http 192 168 2 1 lt firmware_upgrade_package gt Local File Click Browse to select the local file containing the GPS firmware upgrade package aa Note If the GPS Firmwar
191. e have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not s
192. e this parameter to include a VLAN tag on all untagged traffic entering on the SM s LAN port before sending it to the AP and remove tags in the opposite direction from traffic tagged with the Data VLAN ID entering on the SM s WAN port before sending to the SM s LAN port ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802 1p specification Data VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service CoS Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device user data This parameter only takes effect if the DATA VLAN parameter is enabled Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802 1q tag for traffic on the management VLAN originating from the SM The default value is 0 Membership VLANs Configure the SM VLAN Membership Table to include the SM in one or more VLANs When the SM receives a packet tagged with a VLAN ID which is contained in the SM VLAN Membership Table the packet is forwarded over the air interface to the AP When the SM receives a packet tagged with a VLAN ID which is not present in the SM VLAN Membership Table the frame is dropped VLAN ID Begin Displays the beginning of the VLAN ID VLAN ID End Displays the end of the VLAN ID 168 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Security page The SM s Security page is used to configure system security features including SM authentication and Layer2 Laye
193. e to monitor interferers at the SM and their key RF parameters Device Instant Health This is an indicator of the device s health in terms of channel conditions in the presence of interferer s Green Indicates that the channel is relatively clean and has good C I levels gt 25dB The interference level is low Yellow Indicates that the channel has moderate or intermittent interference C I between 10dB and 25dB Red Indicates that the channel has high interference and poor C I levels lt 10dB Device MAC The MAC address of the SM s wireless interface Device RSSI dBm The Received Signal Strength Indicator which is a measurement of the power level being received by the device s antenna Device MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme indicates the modulation mode used for a radio s receiver side based on radio conditions MCS 1 7 9 15 Interferers MAC The MAC address of the interferer s wireless interface Interferers RSSI dBm The Received Signal Strength Indicator which is a measurement of the interferer s power level being received by the device s antenna Interferers MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme indicates the modulation mode used by the interferer based on radio conditions ex MCS 1 15 191 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Spectrum Analyzer page Use the SM Spectrum Analyzer page to configure SM spectrum analyzer parameters and to download the
194. eceived a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA See full license text on page 234 262 e PMP PPPd and PPPoE CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright to Michal Ostrowski for PPPoE and Paul Mackerras paulus samba org PPPoE The PPPoE plugin included in this package is a component of the Roaring Penguin PPPoE package included in this package courtesy of Roaring Penguin Software http Awww roaringpenquin com PPPd Copyrights KEKE H RHR HH All of the code can be freely used and redistributed The individual source files each have their own copyright and permission notice Pppd pppstats and pppdump are under BSD style notices Some of the pppd plugins are GPL d Chat is public domain Distribution KHEKEKKKKKKKKKE The primary site for releases of this software is ftp ftp samba org pub ppp Id README v 1 37 2006 05 29 23 51 29 paulus Exp James Carlson lt carlson workingcode com gt for PPPd See full license text on page 234 263 e PMP uci CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright C 2008 2010 OpenWrt org Copyright C 2008 Felix Fietkau nbd openwrt org Copyright C 2006 Fokus Fraunhofer lt carsten tittel fokus fraunhofer de libuci Library for the Unified Configuration Interface Copyright C 2008 Felix Fietkau lt nbd openwr
195. ed are capable of withstanding the prevalent wind speeds at a proposed ePMP site Wind speed statistics is available from national meteorological offices The device and its mounting bracket are capable of withstanding wind speeds of up to 190 Kph 118 mph Wind blowing on the device will subject the mounting structure to significant lateral force The magnitude of the force depends on both wind strength and surface area of the device Wind loading is estimated using the following formulae Force in kilograms 0 1045aV Where Is a surface area in square meters V wind speed in meters per second Force in pounds 0 0042Av Where Is A surface area in square feet v wind speed in miles per hour Applying these formulae to the ePMP device at different wind speeds the resulting wind loadings are shown in Table 8 and Table 9 Table 8 Connectorized module wind loading Kg Type of ePMP Largest Wind speed meters per second device surface area square meters 30 40 50 60 70 Connectorized 0 13 12 2 Kg 21 7 Kg 34Kg 49 Kg 66 6 Kg Table 9 Connectorized module wind loading Ib Type of ePMP Largest Wind speed miles per hour device surface area square feet 80 100 120 140 150 Connectorized 1 39 37 4lb 58 4lb 84 11b 11441b 131 4Ib CONNECTORIZED MODULE SOFTWARE PACKAGES Connectorized radios may be upgraded by downloading new software packages from the Cambium Networks website or by using the Cambium Ne
196. ed herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to 238 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many peopl
197. en offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights grant
198. er cache 3 On the device GUI navigate to Tools gt Software Upgrade 4 Select the Upgrade Options under GPS Firmware which represents the location of your software upgrade packages 5 Based on the configuration of GPS Firmware Source enter either the Upgrade Source or click the Browse button and locate the firmware package 6 Click Upgrade 7 When the upgrade completes successfully click the Reset icon 132 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Backup Restore page Use the AP Backup Restore page to perform the following functions e Back up the configuration in either text json format or binary bin format e Restore the configuration of using a configuration file that was previously backed up e Reset the device to its factory default configuration For more factory defaulting methods see o Using the device external reset button on page 217 o Resetting the ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling on page 218 Figure 34 AP Backup Restore page Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Darsa Tools gt Backup Restore A Home Backup Configuration ae Quick Start Configuration File Format 9 Text Editable Binary Secured D Configuration Restore Configuration Dor E Tools FA Software Upgrade Backup Restore 49 edetect Factory Default Configuration wnloa M monitor wse Upload dl Spain Anaia Reset to Factory Defaults KON Automatic Channel Selection A Wireless Link Test Ping Ez Traceroute 133
199. er off the unit in the middle of an upgrade process 7 Once the software upgrade is complete click the Reset icon 211 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Upgrading on board GPS chip firmware To upgrade the GPS Synchronized ePMP radio s on board GPS chip follow this Procedure 1 When upgrading multiple v1 0 3 or later integrated devices ensure that the browser cache is cleared at the beginning of the upgrade process 2 Log in to the device GUI via the management IP 3 Navigate to page Tools Software Upgrade Main Software Software Version Active Bank 2 1 RC26 Software Version Inactive Bank 2 1 RC25 Firmware Version U Boot 9350_PX 1 1 4 a Aug 21 2013 21 14 06 Upgrade Options URL Local File Select File Browse Upgrade GPS Firmware Firmware Version AXN_1 51_2838 Upgrade Options URL Local File Select File Warning GPS firmware upgrade will take more than 3 minutes and will cause a service outage during that time 4 Under the section GPS Firmware set the Upgrade Options to URL to pull the software file from a network software server or select Local File to upload a file from the accessing device da Note Use the same package that is used to upgrade the device s software The new GPS firmware is part of the software upgrade packages 5 If Local File is selected click Browse to launch the file selection dialogue and click Upgrade PN caution Do not power off the unit in the middle of an upgrade process
200. er supply OUTDOOR CAT5E CABLE For copper connections from the device to the power supply use Cat5e cable that is shielded with copper plated steel Caution Always use Cat5e cable that is shielded with copper plated steel Alternative types of Ethernet cables are not supported by Cambium Networks 57 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Surge Suppression unit The ePMP integrated and connectorized units both contain 1 Joule rated surge suppression built into the device With this built in surge suppression it is not required to install a surge suppressor at the unit s mounting location However it is required to install a surge suppressor at the Ethernet cable s building ingress into the power supply s indoor location For installations that do not require Gigabit 1000 Mbit sec Ethernet a Cambium 600SSH surge suppressor may be used For more details see Cambium 600SSH details 58 ePMP CAMBIUM 600SSH DETAILS f CAMBIUM NETWORKS Holes for mounting the Surge Suppressor to a flat surface such as an outside wall The distance between centers is 4 25 inches 108 mm RJ 45 connectors One side neither side is better than the other for this purpose connects to the product AP SM or cluster management module The other connects to the AC adaptor s Ethernet connector Ground post and washer use heavy gauge 10 AWG or 6 mm copper wire for connection Refer to local electrical codes for exact speci
201. ere may be a negligible degradation in overall sector throughput Start Stop Use to start or stop the interference detection Export to CSV Status Choose this option to export the detection results to csv format Current status of the Interference Detection tool AP SSID Detection Results Device Instant Health Device MAC The current configured name SSID of the AP Use the Detection Results table to monitor interferers at the AP and at the registered SMs and their key RF parameters This is an indicator of the device s health in terms of channel conditions in the presence of interferer s Green Indicates that the channel is relatively clean and has good C I levels gt 25dB The interference level is low Yellow Indicates that the channel has moderate or intermittent interference C I between 10dB and 25081 Red Indicates that the channel has high interference and poor C I levels lt 10dB The MAC address of the AP and or SMs wireless interface Device RSSI dBm The Received Signal Strength Indicator which is a measurement of the power level being received by the device s antenna Device MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme indicates the modulation mode used for the radio s receiver side based on radio conditions MCS 1 7 9 15 Interferers MAC The MAC address of the interferer s wireless interface Interferers RSSI dBm The Received Signal Streng
202. erface Function Power input Mains power input RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to radio da Note This port provides a Gigabit Ethernet interface to ePMP GPS Synced connectorized radios To ePMP integrated radios this port provides a 10 100 Mbit sec Ethernet interface Gigabit Data Power Gigabit Data RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to network Table 30 Power supply interface functions NOOO900L002A Interface Function Power input Mains power input 10 100 Mbit sec Data Power RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to radio 10 100 Mbit sec Data RJ45 socket for connecting Cat5e cable to network Table 31 Power Supply LED functions LED Function Power green Power supply detection 55 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATIONS The ePMP power supply conforms to the specifications listed in Table 32 Table 33 and Table 34 These specifications apply to all ePMP product variants Table 32 Power supply physical specifications Category Specification Dimensions H x W x D 11 8 x 4 4 x 3 2 cm 4 66 x 1 75 x 1 25 in Weight 0 26 Ibs Table 33 Power supply environmental specifications Category Specification Ambient Operating 0 C to 40 C Temperature Humidity 20 90 Table 34 Power supply electrical specifications Category Specification AC Input 100 to 240 VAC Efficiency Meets efficiency level V Over Current
203. erference levels Default is 200 ms Maximum Dwell Time Configure the maximum time in milliseconds for which the radio needs to scan a channel to measure channel occupancy or interference levels Default is 300 ms Results Click this button to download the most recent ACS results in csv format 142 ePMP AP Wireless Link Test page CAMBIUM NETWORKS Use the AP Wireless Link Test page to conduct a simple test of AP wireless throughput to any one of the connected SMs This allows user to determine the throughput that can be expected on a particular link without having to use external tools Figure 37 AP Wireless Link Test Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Cambium Device Access Point Quick Search Tools gt Wireless Link Test RS EP labe SS PE Home Test Setup SK QuickStart Subscriber Module MAC Address o paian Packet Size Small 128 bytes ural 7 Medium 800 bytes dp Monitor lt Large 1500 bytes F Duration 4seconds 10seconds 20 seconds Tools r Start Test gp Software Upgrade Downlink 99 Backup Restore Uplink oe eDetect Registered Subscriber Modules Compact View Spectrum Analyzer D ee SM MAC Address SelectSM Uplink RSSI Downlink RSS Uplink SNR Downlink SNR Uplink MCS Downlink MIR Profile Uplink Rate Downlink Downlink Downlink Automatic Channel Selection Estim kbps Quality Capacity s 00 04 56 C4 53 AE 52 56 50000 150000
204. eter EAP TTLS Username Configure each of the network SMs with this EAP TTLS Username matching the credentials on the RADIUS server being used for the network Configure the parameter EAP TTLS Password Configure each of the network SMs with this EAP TTLS Password matching the credentials on the RADIUS server being used for the network Click the visibility icon to toggle the display of the password s contents Configure the parameter Authentication Identity String Configure each of the network SMs with this Identity string matching the credentials on the RADIUS server being used for the network Default value for this parameter is anonymous Configure the parameter Authentication Identity Realm Configure each of the network SMs with this Identity realm matching the credentials on the RADIUS server being used for the network Default value for this parameter is cambiumnetworks com Configure the Preferred AP s The Preferred AP s is comprised of a list of up to 16 APs to which the SM sequentially attempts registration For each AP configured if authentication is required enter a Pre shared Key associated with the configured AP SSID If this list is empty or if none of the configured APs are found the SM scans and registers to the best AP signal found with matching radio and or authentication settings Configure the parameter Radio Frequency 20 MHz Scan List and Radio Frequency 40MHz Scan List The Radio Scan List de
205. evs ezedeccsecenctescesaevcatecesteccoaneuciteeceteacodusvaccdececs cusaventutest edeuveacesnctecs teecuvaesenceeteseeeseees 64 Adaptive modulatio iss isinne aE ER AE E a KAE OAA aa etai 64 Planning for connectorized UuntS sss ss sssss sees ecce eee esen 65 Calculating maximum power level for connectoriZed Units sss sese sese 65 Data network planning sssssciccsanssnusxsccascennsivanavanisdianiecnasnisonssiddiastbaseaseaasi seatnaswianisasassnenenive 66 Ethernet IMAM AGES sicrie aa isn iran A ENA AE AAA Aaaa 66 Management VLAN sccirs sisicesdiccstaadecsivectactacgiia sek cecdactasadi ans a A Na 66 Quality of service for bridged Ethernet traffic sse 67 Configuration csitaceececaasasdexcesavcessesqaussnessieddaneqununstacvessassacuessenuseinaisaitenseseeasassqceeaveneesess 68 Preparing for configuration sss ss sese esec esec esec e eee 69 BENE Ce UENO te TT 69 Regulatory COMPN ANCE viscccccdusseessdeveuvedsacessvadesnececdectasudasaees coscedesbeeesdeveuscceasesedd eeeacantuseues 69 Connecting TO the MEIN sasa sesa eana aR aT 70 Configuring the management PC sese 70 Connecting to the PC and powering UH 71 Using ithe webinterface asiscicetausiecaseiieciirinoserartanueinseetsbucsnslslcdtauedeicanieciiatsbvrteuitedockenseubs 72 Logging into the web Interface sese eee eee eee eee 73 Layout of the web 1nterfapge ssszssssssssssss asas asas asas sassa ania annan nanana ka RRR RRR 75 Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu s
206. f the Power and Ethernet LEDs do not illuminate correctly see Testing hardware on page 213 71 ePMP Using the web interface To understand how to use the ePMP web interface see Logging into the web interface on page 73 Layout of the web interface on page 75 Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu on page 83 Configuring SM units using the Quick Start menu on page 86 Using the AP menu options on page 89 CAMBIUM NETWORKS 72 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS LOGGING INTO THE WEB INTERFACE Use this procedure to log into the web interface as a system administrator Equipment and tools e Connectorized or integrated device connected to power supply by Ethernet cable s PC connected to power supply by Ethernet cable e Power Supply powered up e Supported browser Chrome v29 Firefox v24 Internet Explorer 10 Safari v5 73 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Procedure 1 Start the web browser from the management PC 2 Type the IP address of the unit into the address bar The factory default IP address is either 192 168 0 1 AP mode or 192 168 0 2 SM mode Press ENTER The web interface dashboard and login input is displayed da Note If Device IP address Mode is set to DHCP and the device is unable to retrieve IP address information via DHCP the device management IP is set to fallback IP 192 168 0 1 AP mode 192 168 0 2 SM mode 192 168 0 3 Spectrum Analyzer mode or the previously configured static De
207. fications da Note For connectorized module installations requiring Gigabit 1000 Mbit sec Ethernet surge suppression utilize the following Mfr Part Description L AL CAT6JW Outdoor 10 100 1000 COM Base T CAT6 PoE Compatible Lightning Protector L AL Outdoor 10 100 1000 COM CAT6HPJW Base T CAT6 PoE Compatible Lightning Protector High Power protection comparable to 600SSH da Note The 600SSH surge suppressor is shipped in the isolated position pin 4 isolated by 68V from protective earth If packet error issues occur over the Ethernet link verify by pinging the device through the 600SSH configure the 600SSH to grounded position by moving the 600SSH switch from isolated to ground to avoid ground loops that may be present in the system Ground Cable Opening route the 10 AWG 6 mm ground cable through this opening CAT 5 Cable Knockouts route the two CAT 5 cables through these openings or alternatively through the Conduit Knockouts Conduit Knockouts on the back of the case near the bottom Available for installations where cable is routed through building conduit 59 System planning This chapter provides information to help the user to plan an ePMP link The following topics are described in this chapter How to plan ePMP links to conform to the regulatory restrictions that apply in the country of operation is explained under R
208. for this configured profile Traffic Priority High Traffic entering the AP s Ethernet port is prioritized as high priority for sending over the radio link traffic will be sent after VOIP classified traffic but before Low classified traffic Low Traffic entering the AP s Ethernet port is prioritized as low priority for sending over the radio link traffic will be sent after VOIP classified and High classified traffic is sent Voice VoIP Traffic entering the AP s Ethernet port is given highest priority for sending over the radio link VOIP Priority Enabled When enabled two entries are automatically added to the first and second rows of the OoS Classification Rules table one with Rule Type CoS 5 and one with Rule Type DSCP 46 The addition of these rules ensures that VoIP traffic passed over the radio downlink is given highest priority The CoS and DSCP values may be modified to accommodate non standard VoIP equipment Disabled When disabled VoIP traffic is scheduled normally along with all other user data 102 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Broadcast Priority Low Priority All Broadcast traffic sent over the downlink is prioritized as low priority and is delivered to the SM after scheduled high priority and VoIP traffic High Priority All Broadcast traffic sent over the downlink is prioritized as high priority and is scheduled for delivery to SMs before low prior
209. ftware and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 231 e PMP SlickGrid CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright c 2009 2012 Michael Leibman Copyright c 2010 Michael Leibman http github com mleibman slickgrid Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WI
210. ftware without specific prior written permission NO WARRANTY THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NONINFRINGEMENT MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 225 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS OF SUCH DAMAGES Linux Kernel gpio_keys Copyright c 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation NOTE This copyright does not cover user programs that use kernel services by normal system calls this is merely considered normal use of the kernel and does not fall under the heading of derived work Also note that the GPL below is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation but the instance of code that it refers to the Linux kernel is copyrighted by me and others who actually wrote it Also note that the only valid version of the GPL as far as the kernel is concerned is _this_ particular version of the license ie v2 not
211. grated 0 042 4 Kg 7 Kg 11Kg 15 8Kg 21 6 Kg Table 18 Integrated module wind loading Ib Type of ePMP Largest surface Wind speed miles per hour module area square feet 80 100 120 140 150 Integrated 0 45 12 1lb 18 9lb 27 2lb 371b 42 5 Ib INTEGRATED MODULE SOFTWARE PACKAGES Integrated radios may be upgraded by downloading new software packages from the Cambium Networks website or by using the Cambium Network Services Server The software packages applicable to ePMP integrated radios are named ePMP NonGPS_Synced v2 1 tar gz 45 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Un synced Connectorized Radio For details of the ePMP connectorized hardware see Un synced Connectorized Radio description on page 46 Un synced Connectorized Radio part numbers on page 47 Un synced Connectorized Radio Interfaces on page 48 Un synced Connectorized Radio specifications on page 50 Un synced Connectorized Radio and external antenna location on page 51 Un synced connectorized Radio wind loading on page 52 Un synced Connectorized Radio software packages on page 53 Un synced connectorized radio antennas and antenna cabling on page 53 UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO DESCRIPTION Figure 9 ePMP Series Un synced Connectorized Radio The connectorized ePMP device is a self contained transceiver unit that houses both radio and networking electronics The connectorized unit is designed to work with externally mounted antennas that have high gains
212. gure 4 Connectorized module sector antenna CONNECTORIZED MODULE INTERFACES The connectorized module interfaces are illustrated in Figure 5 and described in Table 4 Figure 5 Connectorized module interfaces Antenna port H 34 ePMP Table 4 Connectorized module interfaces CAMBIUM NETWORKS Name Connector Interface Description Antenna RP SMA Antenna ee To from H polarized antenna port port H female H polarization Ant RP SMA Ant 5 pee a n Bias To from V polarized antenna port port V female V polarization 802 3af PoE Standard as well as Proprietary PoE input power over Ethernet PoE twisted pair for powering via CMM3 CMM4 ETH RJ45 10 100 1000 Base TX Management and data Ethernet GPS SMA female Antenna GPS To from GPS antenna For resetting the radio and for setting the radio Reset back to its fact default fi tion ae Physical button WA ack to its factory default configuration See Using the device external reset button on page 217 CONNECTORIZED MODULE LEDS Function Green Power is applied to the device Unlit No power is applied to the device or improper power source Orange AP has acquired a 1PPS GPS synchronization pulse either from the internal GPS module and antenna or from a connected Unlit 1PPS GPS not acquired or Synchronization Source set to Internal AP generating sync not GPS based LED POWER POWER Q GPS O SY
213. gure the device radio interface parameters WN Caution Modifying radio parameters may result in a wireless outage Plan configuration modifications accordingly Figure 40 SM Radio page C3 Cambium Networks Coach sooren Configuration gt Radio PE Home General FH ack mar n e ege Access Point Subscriber Module 2 Configuration Spectrum Analyzer Rr s Length Unit Mie Kilometers EOS Quaiity of service Br system wa v nue IES Security ggg Cambium AP e EAP TTLS WPA Open M monitor aly x Combest ar ae wraz Open P wal gogg Cambio ADR a ARTS WPA2 Open ggg aros weas open Bug Cambrai Ars B tAr WPA Open Sutrecriber Module Seaneung Sean Channel Bandwidth 20MMz 40MMr AR Radio Frequency 20 MMs Sean Unt Ca ga O Yna mn O s165 ns O s170 Mr O 575 Mans O somm O sies wre O s190 Mnr D an wns Ci sz0omms D 5988 une C snomi susme snom C 5225 Mr O 5259 mine U 5235 mme O 5240 mhe C 5245 maz O s2somnz O 5255 Mar L 5260 maz C 5265 mine CO 5270 Mnr C 5275 Mnr CO sso mine C s285 mine D 5290 mre CO 5275 Mnr O s300 mne C 5305 Mhe C 5310 Mhe C 5315 Mhz O 5320 mm O 5325 me O 5330 mme O 5335 mre C 5340 me C 5545 Mrr C 5330 mre O 5355 mine O 5360 mre CI 5365 mre O some O sa7smte D ssomh D 588 Mpne O paun D 5395MHe D 5400 MH O 5405 mite O 3419 Mnr O sais Mrr C 5620 mne CO 5425 mne O omre C 5495 sew D Sag Mans susme D s4somee 5485 Mns D s4eomHs 46SMHs D 5470 Mite CO 5
214. h antenna Radio 26 9 x 11 x 7 7 cm 10 6 x 4 3 x 3 0 in Antenna excl brackets 80 4 x 16 x 6 3 cm 31 7 x 6 3 x 2 5 in ENCRYPTION Certifications 128 bit AES CCMP mode FCCID Z8H89FTO0006 INDUSTRY CANADA CERT 109W 0006 CE EN 302 502 v1 2 1 EN 301 893 v1 7 1 31 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS INTEGRATED RADIO SPECIFICATIONS Table 107 Integrated Radio specifications 5 GHz PART NUMBERS C058900C132A US FCC C050900C033A EU C050900C031A ROW MODEL NUMBERS C058900P132A US FCC CO50900P033A EU CO50900P031A ROW CHANNEL SPACING Configurable on 5 MHz increments FREQUENCY RANGE 5150 5875 MHz CHANNEL WIDTH 20 MHz or 40 MHz MAC MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL LAYER Cambium Proprietary PHYSICAL LAYER 2x2 MIMO OFDM ETHERNET INTERFACE 100BaseT Cambium PoE V pins 7 amp 8 Return pins 4 amp 5 PROTOCOLS USED IPv4 UDP TCP IP ICMP SSH SNMPv2c HTTPs FTP NETWORK MANAGEMENT HTTPs SSH FTP SNMPv2c VLAN 802 10 with 802 1p priority ARO Yes NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC MCS1 89 dBm to MCS15 70 dBm per 20MHZ CHANNEL branch NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC MCS1 87 dBm to MCS15 65 dBm per 40MHZ CHANNEL branch MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 20 MHz Up to 13 miles CHANNEL MODULATION LEVELS ADAPTIVE MCS1 QPSK 1 2 to MCS15 640AM 5 6 LATENCY nominal roundtrip 17 ms QUALITY OF SERVICE Three level priority Voice High Low w
215. he MIR Profiles touch dictionary cambium e Edit dictionary cambium according to the instructions that you can find under usr local etc raddb directory in file dictionary For example ATTRIBUTE Cambium Canopy ULMB 110 integer Max Burst Uplink Rate ATTRIBUTE Cambium Canopy DLMB 110 integer Max Burst Downlink Rate VENDOR Cambium LFL Cambium vendor specific attributes BEGIN VENDOR Cambium ATTRIBUTE Cambium Canopy VLIGVID 21 integer VLAN Ingress VLAN ID ATTRIBUTE Cambium Canopy VLMGVID 22 integer VLAN Management VLAN ID ATTRIBUTE Cambium Canopy ULMB 26 integer Max Burst Uplink Rate ATTRIBUTE Cambium Canopy DLMB 27 integer Max Burst Downlink Rate e Create link on your dictionary ln s dictionary cambium dictionary local e To configure MIR profiles edit usr local etc raddb users and add profiles for each client below users configuration SubscriberModule33 Cleartext Password cambium33 Cambium Canopy ULMB 100 Cambium Canopy DLMB 100 SubscriberModule34 Cleartext Password cambium34 Cambium Canopy ULMB 110 Cambium Canopy DLMB 110 SubscriberModule35 Cleartext Password cambium35 Cambium Canopy ULMB 120 Cambium Canopy DLMB 120 202 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS A few example scenarios of MIR and RADIUS configurations are described in Table 82 Table 82 Example scenarios of MIR and RADIUS configurations Scenario Description No MIR control via Radius In
216. he received NTP time to match the operator s local time zone CAMBIUM NETWORK SERVICES SERVER The Cambium Network Services Server CNSS may be used to monitor configure and upgrade Cambium network equipment For Cambium Network Services Server download see https support cambiumnetworks com files cnss SOFTWARE UPGRADE Software upgrades may be issued via the radio web interface Tools gt Software Upgrade or via CNSS Cambium Networks Services Server For Software upgrades see https support cambiumnetworks com files epmp 27 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS FURTHER READING ON SYSTEM MANAGEMENT For more information on system management see e AP System page on page 104 e SM System page on page 155 e Operation and Troubleshooting on page 208 28 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS System hardware This chapter describes the site planning and hardware components of an ePMP link The following topics are described in this chapter Factors to be considered when planning the proposed network is described under Site planning on page 30 The connectorized module hardware part numbers mounting equipment and specifications are described under Connectorized Module on page 32 The SM hardware part numbers mounting equipment and specifications are described under Integrated Module on page 40 The hardware part numbers mounting equipment and specifications are described under Un synced Connectorized Radio on page 46 The power
217. ic AA Note Practical Ethernet rates will depend on network configuration higher layer protocols and platforms used Over the air throughput will be capped to the rate of the Ethernet interface at the receiving end of the link MANAGEMENT VLAN Decide if the IP interface of the AP SM management agent will be connected in a VLAN If so decide if this is a standard IEEE 802 10 VLAN or provider bridged IEEE 802 1ad VLAN and select the VLAN ID for this VLAN Use of a separate management VLAN is strongly recommended Use of the management VLAN helps to ensure that the AP SM management agent cannot be accessed by customers 66 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR BRIDGED ETHERNET TRAFFIC Decide how quality of service will be configured in ePMP to minimize frame loss and latency for high priority traffic Wireless links often have lower data capacity than wired links or network equipment like switches and routers and quality of service configuration is most critical at network bottlenecks ePMP provides three priority types for traffic waiting for transmission over the wireless link Voice High and Low Low is the lowest priority and Voice is the highest priority Traffic is scheduled using strict priority in other words traffic in a given priority is transmitted when all higher priority transmissions are complete 67 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Configuration This chapter describes all configuration
218. ical location has access to the same data based on the VLAN architecture For the network operator this provides flexibility in network segmentation simpler management and enhanced security When the SM is in NAT mode the VLAN configuration is applicable to both management and user data Disabled When disabled all IP management and data traffic is allowed to the device VLAN ID Configure this parameter to include the device s management and user traffic on a separate VLAN network 164 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS VLAN Priority ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802 1p specification Data VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service CoS Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device user and management data This parameter only takes effect if the VLAN ID parameter is enabled Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802 1q tag for traffic on the configured VLAN ID originating from the SM The default value is 0 Figure 44 SM Network page Bridge mode C9 Cambium Networks combiumoeviee subs ule gt foal o Rite Quick Search Configuration gt Network A Home General Z Quick Start Network Mode NAT Bridge IP Assignment Static DHCP D Configuration gt IP Address 10 120 204 1 RY Radio Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 QoS Quality of Service Gateway 10 120
219. icensed and in these bands the system can be used provided it does not cause interference The system is not guaranteed protection against interference from other products and installations The radio specification type approvals that have been granted for ePMP frequency variants are listed under Table 86 Table 95 Radio certifications Frequency band Region Regulatory approvals 2 4 GHz 5 GHz USA FCC Part 15 Class B Canada IC RSS 210 Issue 8 Annex 8 or latest Europe ETSI EN302 502 v1 2 1 ETSI EN301 893 v1 7 1 FCC AND ETSI COMPLIANCE TESTING The system has been tested for compliance to both US FCC and European ETSI specifications It has been shown to comply with the limits for emitted spurious radiation for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules in the USA and appropriate European ENs These limits have been designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference However the equipment can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to other radio communications There is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation To comply with FCC RF exposure limits for general population or uncontrolled exposure the antenna s used for the ePMP transmitter must be installed to ensure a separation distance specified in Table 87 Table 88 Table 89 Table 91 Table 92 Table 93 and
220. ictnsunuandeanaeneaagonadeumaniensissvsninddantdasisaniantnessene 29 TS Ne Ta T TTT 30 eT ONT lT 30 Grounding and lightning protection 30 Lightning protection Zone Sgonnan aaia AEE GE Aidaa 31 Connectorized Mod le nirna aaaea aaa eaaa a cesametacisvensaunionenton 32 Connectorized Module description sisicisccesscasesnsseaseensssashsanssasesanssasesanneasesaesanectaanaaeene aa 32 Connect rized part NUMBERS seesescecrecaecaeedecaderuntnaaasesedassevedanassueciadeniuiuannusauranensaeeaantanestans 33 Connectorized module mounting bracket 33 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Connectorized Module interfaces sese 34 Connectorized Mod le LEDS ssssssssscssssssssscsssssssssassssgssassngsasa snag ars 35 Connectorized Module specifications sss eee eee eee 36 Connectorized Module heater sss sese sese 37 Connectorized Module and external antenna location sss 37 Connectorized Module wind loading sss sese 38 Connectorized Module software packages i rnnr nnram nna 38 Connectorized module antennas and antenna cablingd sss s secs sse s sees sees eee eee 39 Antenna Te TR Tn 71 19 ccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeaaaaaaaeeeeesseeeaaaaaaaeeeeeseaaaaa 39 FCG and IC approved antennas sss eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 39 Integrated Module sescncacccscsssssaccvewsincsmastsaatnianavascenssnsavasndsacanstasasndanisaiinensonesmecdeasansannaasuentn 40 Integrated Module description sss sese 40 Integrated Module part numbers sss sese essere 4
221. ifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part 236 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software in
222. ight 521 kg 1 15 Ibs without antenna 4 5 kg 10 Ibs with antenna Table 23 Un synced connectorized radio environmental specifications Category Specification Temperature 30 C 22 F to 55 C 131 F Wind loading 118 mph 190 kph maximum See Un synced connectorized Radio wind loading on page 52 for a full description Humidity 95 condensing Environmental IP55 50 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO HEATER On startup if the ePMP un synced connectorized radio temperature is at or below 32 F 0 C an internal heater is activated to ensure that the device is able to successfully begin operation The unit s heater is only activated when the unit is powered on and will not transfer heat to the device until the startup completes When the unit temperature is greater than 32 F 0 C the heater is deactivated and the unit continues its startup sequence The effect on device startup time at various temperatures is defined in Table 24 Table 24 Un synced connectorized radio startup times based on ambient temperature Initial Temperature Startup time from power on to operational 22 F 30 C 20 minutes 4 F 20 C 6 minutes 14 F 10 C 2 minutes 30 seconds UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO AND EXTERNAL ANTENNA LOCATION Find a location for the device and external antenna that meets the following requirements e The equipment is high enough to achieve the be
223. ing Syslog e Cambium Network Services Server CNSS software e Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP WEB SERVER The ePMP management agent contains a web server The web server supports access via the HTTP and HTTPs interfaces Web based management offers a convenient way to manage the ePMP equipment from a locally connected computer or from a network management workstation connected through a management network without requiring any special management software The web based interfaces are the only interfaces supported for installation of ePMP and for the majority of ePMP configuration management tasks 25 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Figure 1 AP web based management screenshot Cambium Networks 4 Quick Search N System Summary Device Name Cambium Device Wireless MAC Address 00 04 56 C0 6E AE AP SSID Cambium AP Ethernet MAC Address 00 04 56 C0 6E AD K Quick start Operating Frequency 5670 MHz IP Address 10 120 204 1 D Configuration Operating Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz Date and Time 07 Jul 2014 03 38 51 CDT l Transmitter Output Power 12 dBm System Uptime 4 days 11 hours M Monitor Antenna Gain O dBi System Name Cambium Networks S Tools Country Other System Description Cambium Networks Downlink Uplink Frame Ratio Flexible Port Speed 1000 Mbps Wireless Security EAP TTLS Port Duplex Mode Full Ethernet Interface Up Device Coordinates 42 05339 088 02537 Wireless Interface Up DFS Status Not Available Registered Su
224. ion and interference When the link has been installed web pages provide information about the link loss currently measured by the equipment both instantaneously and averaged 64 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Planning for connectorized units This section describes factors to be taken into account when planning to use connectorized APs with external antennas in ePMP networks CALCULATING MAXIMUM POWER LEVEL FOR CONNECTORIZED UNITS If a connectorized ePMP link is to be installed in a country that imposes an EIRP limit in the selected band choose an external antenna and RF cable that will not cause the ePMP to exceed the EIRP limit To calculate the highest setting of Maximum Power Level that will be permitted use this formula Maximum Power Level dBm Allowed EIRP dBm Antenna Gain dBi Cable Loss dB Where Is Maximum Power the highest permissible setting of the Maximum Power Level Level dBm attribute in the Step 2 Wireless Configuration page Allowed EIRP dBm the EIRP limit allowed by the regulations Antenna Gain dBi the gain of the chosen antenna Cable Loss dB the loss of the RF cable connecting the AP to the antenna As the 2 4 GHz 5 4 GHz and 5 8 GHz have an operating bandwidth of 20 MHz or 40 MHz then the maximum allowed EIRP depends on the operating bandwidth of the radio as shown in Table 38 Table 38 Normal EIRP limits with operating channel bandwidth Operating Allowed EIRP Allowed EIRP Allowed EIRP Al
225. ion message i e Initializing upgrade Orange Warning message i e Login session has expired Red Error message i e Software update file download failed 76 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Icon Attribute Meaning The Undo button may be used to undo changes prior 1 Undo Button to a Save operation All changes made on any section of the GUI are undone A Save Button The Save button is used to commit configuration changes to the device When configuration changes are made the outer area of the icon is highlighted blue to indicate that a save operation is required The Reset button is used to reset the device Whena configuration change requires a radio reset the 0 Reset Button outer area of this icon is highlighted orange to indicate that a reset is necessary to complete the change The Logout button is used to logout from the current Log Out Logout Button session and return to the initial GUI landing page login screen The bottom of the interface contains the following attributes Table 42 GUI footer attributes Attribute Meaning Cambium Support link Hyperlink to the Cambium Networks support website Software Version link The current software version is reported in the footer bar and may be clicked to navigate to the Cambium Networks software support website Copyright Copyright information The AP dashboard contains the following attributes Table
226. ion such as MAC Address RSSI and MCS Use the SM eDetect page to collect information about interferers locally at the SM to display on the SM s GUI Figure 53 SM eDetect page Q Cambium DENOS GHA 7 ile 9 Ep ED Administrator Quick Search Tools gt eDetect A Home eDetect Z Quick Start Detection Duration 30 Z sec min 1 max 120 D Configuration SEP zs A Monitor Status Stopped S Tools t gp Software Upgrade Detection Results Device Instant Detecting Device Info interferers Info SS Backup Restore Health al Spectrum Analyzer Device MAC Device RSSI Device MCS Interferers MAC Interferers RSSI Interferers Max dBm dBm MCS Wireless Link Test x N Ping LT Traceroute 190 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 78 SM eDetect attributes Attribute Meaning eDetect Detection Duration Configure the duration for which the SM scans for interferers PN caution During the scanning period the SM must be connected to the AP and passing user traffic and there cannot be any outage unlike running a Spectrum Analyzer There may be a negligible degradation in the SM s throughput Start Stop Export to CSV Use to start or stop the interference detection Choose this option to export the detection results to csv format Status Current status of the Interference Detection tool Detection Results Use the Detection Results tabl
227. ions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights 234 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND M
228. irm that the mains power supply is working for example check the plug If the power supply is working report a suspected power supply fault to Cambium Networks ETHERNET LED IS OFF Meaning There is no Ethernet traffic between the AP SM and power supply Action The fault may be in the LAN or AP SM cable e Remove the LAN cable from the power supply examine it and confirm it is not faulty e Ifthe PC connection is working remove the AP SM cable from the power supply examine it and check that the wiring to pins 1 amp 2 and 3 amp 6 is correct and not crossed 213 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Test Ethernet packet errors reported by AP SM Log into the AP or SM and click Monitor Performance Click Reset System Counters at the bottom of the page and wait until LAN RX Total Packet Counter has reached 1 million If the counter does not increment or increments too slowly because for example the ePMP system is newly installed and there is no offered Ethernet traffic then abandon this procedure and consider using the procedure Test ping packet loss on page 214 Check the LAN RX Error Packet Counter statistic The test has passed if this is less than 10 Test Ethernet packet errors reported by managed switch or router If the AP SM is connected to a managed Ethernet switch or router it may be possible to monitor the error rate of Ethernet packets Please refer to the user guide of the managed network equipment The test has passed if the r
229. is defined in Table 16 Table 16 Integrated module startup times based on ambient temperature Initial Startup time from power Temperature on to operational 22 F 30 C 4 minutes 4 F 20 C 2 minutes 14 F 10 C 1 minutes 30 seconds INTEGRATED MODULE WIND LOADING Ensure that the integrated module and the structure on which it is mounted are capable of withstanding the prevalent wind speeds at a proposed ePMP site Wind speed statistics must be available from national meteorological offices The integrated module and its mounting bracket are capable of withstanding wind speeds of up to 145 Kph 90 mph Wind blowing on the integrated module will subject the mounting structure to significant lateral force The magnitude of the force depends on both wind strength and surface area of the integrated module Wind loading is estimated using the following formulae 44 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Force in kilograms 0 1045aV Where Is a surface area in square meters V wind speed in meters per second Force in pounds 0 0042Av Where Is A surface area in square feet v wind speed in miles per hour Applying these formulae to the ePMP integrated module at different wind speeds the resulting wind loadings are shown in Table 17 and Table 18 Table 17 Integrated module wind loading Kg Type of ePMP Largest Wind speed meters per second module surface area square meters 30 40 50 60 70 Inte
230. is no acknowledgement it sends the Keep alive message to the server 4 more times for a total or 5 times before tearing down the PPPoE session Setting this to 12 will mean the keep alive message will be sent every 12 seconds and when there is no acknowledgement the client will try for a total of 12 times every 12 seconds before tearing down the PPPoE session MSS Clamping Disabled The SM PPPoE session allows any MTU size determined by other devices in the PPPoE session during the LCP negotiations Enabled The SM PPPoE session enforces a max MTU size determined by the PPPoE MTU Size setting for all devices in the PPPoE session during the LCP negotiations unless one of the devices enforces a MTU setting that is smaller in value De Materialized Zone DMZ DMZ Disabled No devices are configured to expose services to the local area network as well as the wide area network Enabled When enabled the device configured in DMZ IP Address may provide network services web servers or FTP servers to the network internal to the SM as well as the wide area network Internet IP Address Configure the IP address of an SM connected device which is allowed to provide network services to the wide area network Virtual Local Area Management VLAN VLAN Management Data Enabled A VLAN configuration establishes a logical group within the network Each computer in the VLAN regardless of initial or eventual phys
231. is sent at one priority level VOIP Priority Enabled When enabled two entries are automatically added to the first and second rows of the QoS Classification Rules table one with Rule Type CoS 5 and one with Rule Type DSCP 46 The addition of these rules ensures that VoIP traffic passed over the radio downlink is given highest priority The CoS and DSCP values may be modified to accommodate non standard VoIP equipment Broadcast Priority Low Priority All Broadcast traffic sent over the uplink is prioritized as low priority and is delivered to the AP after scheduled high priority and VoIP traffic High Priority All Broadcast traffic sent over the uplink is prioritized as high priority and is scheduled for delivery to the AP before low priority traffic but after VoIP traffic 152 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Multicast Priority Low Priority All Multicast traffic sent over the uplink is prioritized as low priority and is delivered to the AP after scheduled high priority and VolP traffic High Priority All Multicast traffic sent over the uplink is prioritized as high priority and is scheduled for delivery to the AP before low priority traffic but after VoIP traffic Subscriber Module Priority Normal SM gives priority to the packets as defined in the rules which could be Low High or VoIP Normal priority will allow data to be added to the appropriate High Low and VoIP queues
232. ith packet classification by DSCP COS VLAN ID IP amp MAC Addr Broadcast Multicast and Subscriber Module Priority Link Budget 31 A ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS ANTENNA BEAM WIDTH 24 azimuth 12 elevation TRANSMIT POWER RANGE 20 to 30 dBm combined to regional EIRP limit 1 dB interval ANTENNA GAIN 13 dBi integrated patch MAXIMUM TRANSMIT POWER 30 dBm combined 5 8 GHz Band ANTENNA CONNECTION Integrated patch antenna SURGE SUPPRESSION 1 Joule Integrated ENVIRONMENTAL IP55 TEMPERATURE 30 C to 55 C 22 F to 131 F WEIGHT 0 49 kg 1 1 Ib WIND SURVIVAL 145 km hour 90 mi hour with antenna DIMENSIONS H x W x D 29 1 x 14 5 x 8 3 cm 11 4 x 5 7 x 3 3 in POWER CONSUMPTION 7 W Maximum 5 W Typical INPUT VOLTAGE 24 to 30 V Security ENCRYPTION 128 bit AES CCMP mode Certifications FCCID Z8H89FTO0006 INDUSTRY CANADA CERT 109W 0006 CE EN 302 502 v1 2 1 EN 301 893 v1 7 1 315 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 108 Integrated Radio specifications 2 4 GHz PART NUMBER C024900A031A MODEL NUMBER C024900P031A CHANNEL SPACING Configurable on 5 MHz increments FREQUENCY RANGE 2402 2472 MHz 20 MHz 2407 2472 MHz 40 MHz CHANNEL WIDTH Interface 20 MHz or 40 MHz MAC MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL LAYER Cambium Proprietary PHYSICAL LAYER 2x2 MIMO OFDM ETHERNET INTERFACE 100BaseT Cambium PoE V pins 7 amp 8 Retur
233. its are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with these instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off the user is encouraged to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Increase the separation between the affected equipment and the unit e Connect the affected equipment to a power outlet on a different circuit from that which the receiver is connected to e Consult the dealer and or experienced radio TV technician for help Industry Canada IC This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada RSS GEN issue 3 7 1 3 Licence Exempt Radio Apparatus This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e au
234. itude coordinates in decimal DFS Status Current DFS operational status The SM dashboard is as shown in Figure 14 and the attributes are explained in Table 44 Figure 14 SM Dashboard Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Quick Search System Summary a Operating Frequency Ei Quick Start D Configuration A Antenna Gain dp Monitor Country Operating Channel Bandwidth Transmitter Output Power F Toos Subscriber Module Priority Network Mode Downlink RSSI Downlink SNR Uplink MCS Downlink MCS Ethernet Interface Wireless Interface Link Quality Uplink Link Capacity Uplink Average Wireless Throughput 0 010 0 009 B 0 008 0 007 0 006 0 005 0 004 0 003 0 002 0 001 0 000 245 23 42 Downlink W Uplink 5GHz Station1 5485 MHz 20 MHz 21 dBm 13 dBi Other Normal NAT 58 dBm 39 dB MCS 15 MCS 15 100 100 30 Wireless MAC Address Ethernet MAC Address IP Address Wireless IP Address Date and Time System Uptime System Name System Description Port Speed Port Duplex Mode Registered AP SSID Registered AP MAC Address Device Coordinates DFS Status 45 23 43 15 Time Cambium Support Software Version 2 1 RC26 Copyright 2013 2014 Cambium Networks All Rights Reserved 00 04 56 C0 0A C1 00 04 56 C0 0A C0 10 1 1 100 10 120 204 2 14 Jul 2014 23 44 05 CST 3 days 8 hours Nut Cracker 5GHz Network N A N A Cambium AP 00 0
235. ity Low High J Monitor Multicast Priority Low High S Tools Qos Classification Rules n Sn a a CoS CoS 5 Voice DSCP DSCP 46 Voice 101 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 47 AP Radio Configuration attributes Attribute Meaning Maximum Information Rate Maximum Information Rate MIR Disabled When disabled RF transmission is only limited by the capacity of the link and any active QoS classification rules Enabled When enabled all downlink and uplink traffic is limited based on the profiles configured in the MIR table MIR Profiles Number The MIR Maximum Information Rate table is comprised of up to sixteen profiles which after configured may be set on the SM to employ a certain service level or data rate Assign a profile number to each row in the AP MIR table This profile number is then set on each SM to limit data transfer rates based on the operator s configuration of the MIR table and its profiles Description Assign a logical description for each service level For example a tiered service level provider may deploy service levels Gold Silver and Bronze or 20 Mbps 10 Mbps and 5 Mbps to offer a clear description Downlink MIR kbps Specify the downlink rate at which the AP is allowed to transmit for this configured profile Uplink MIR kbps Traffic Priority Specify the uplink rate at which the AP is allowed to transmit
236. ity traffic but after VoIP traffic Multicast Priority Low Priority All Multicast traffic sent over the downlink is prioritized as low priority and will be delivered to the SM after scheduled high priority and VolP traffic High Priority All Multicast traffic sent over the downlink is prioritized as high priority and is scheduled for delivery to SMs before low priority traffic but after VoIP traffic QoS Classification Rules The QoS Classification Rules table contains all of the rules enforced by the device when passing traffic over the radio downlink Traffic passed through the device is matched against each rule in the table when a match is made the traffic is sent over the radio link using the priority defined in column Traffic Priority Type Details CoS Class of Service traffic prioritization is based on the 3 bit header present in the 802 10 VLAN tagged Ethernet frame header in the packet entering the AP s Ethernet port VLAN ID traffic prioritization is based on the VLAN ID of the packet entering the AP s Ethernet port EtherType traffic prioritization is based on the two octet Ethertype field in the Ethernet frame entering the AP s Ethernet port The Ethertype is used to identify the protocol of the data in the payload of the Ethernet frame IP traffic prioritization is based on the source and or destination IP address of the packet entering the AP s Ethernet port A subnet mask may be include
237. ium SM 6 Configure the parameter IP Assignment If DHCP is selected the DHCP server automatically assigns the IP configuration Ethernet LAN IP Address Ethernet LAN IP Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address LAN and the values of those individual parameters below are not used To configure a simple test network this parameter must be configured to Static 7 Configure the parameter IP Address Internet Protocol IP address This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network To configure a simple test network this field must be configured to 192 168 0 2 8 Configure the parameter Subnet Mask The Subnet Mask defines the address range of the connected IP network To configure a simple test network this field may be left at default 255 255 255 0 9 Configure the parameter Gateway The IP address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks To configure a simple test network this parameter may be left at default blank 10 Configure the parameter WPA2 Pre shared Key Configure each of the network SMs with this key matching the AP s configured key to complete the authentication configuration This key must be between 8 to 128 symbols Click the visibility icon to toggle the display of the key s contents 87 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Configure the param
238. ks has designed and qualified the ePMP products to generally meet the Class B requirement to minimize the potential for interference the ePMP product range is not marketed for use in a residential environment End Product Labelling The ePMP Module is labelled with its own FCC ID and IC Certification Number If the FCC ID and IC Certification Number are not visible when the module is installed inside another device then the outside of the device into which the module is installed must also display a label referring to the enclosed module In that case the final end product must be labelled in a visible area with the following Table 96 Product labelling Region Label Access Point AP Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID ZBH89FT0006 or Contains FCC ID ZBH89FTO006 Subscriber Module Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID ZBH89FT0005 or Contains FCC SM ID ZBH89FTO005 282 ePMP EXAMPLES OF REGULATORY LIMITS Examples of the regulatory limits that apply in typical regions of operation are in the following tables 5 1 GHz Table 97 5 2 GHz Table 98 5 3 GHz Table 99 5 4 GHz Table 100 5 8 GHz 5 9 GHz Table 101 2 4 GHz Table 102 CAMBIUM NETWORKS 283 e PMP Table 97 Regulatory Limits 5 1 GHz CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center Frequency Frequency Conducted Country Frequency for EIRP Power range fo
239. l Rights Reserved Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch lt mb bu3sch de gt Copyright 2008 2009 Luis R Rodriguez lt lIrodriguez atheros com gt Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen lt jouni malinen atheros com gt Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe lt colin cozybit com gt Copyright 2006 Broadcom Corporation Copyright 2006 2010 Johannes Berg lt johannes sipsolutions net gt iwinfo Wireless Information Library Command line frontend Copyright C 2011 Jo Philipp Wich lt xm subsignal org gt The iwinfo library is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation The iwinfo library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 249 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with the iwinfo library If not see http Awww gnu org licenses gi See full license text on page 234 Libnl tiny LGPLv2 1 JX lib attr c Netlink Attributes This library is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation version 2 1 of the License Cop
240. l Selection Attribute Meaning Automatic Channel Selection Enabled This enables the Automatic Channel Selection ACS feature ACS allows the radio to scan the entire band governed by the Country setting and chooses a channel with the lowest channel occupancy i e lowest interference level To run the ACS feature once enabled the radio will have to be rebooted or manually triggered using Tools gt Automatic Channel Selection When ACS is running the radio measures the occupancy level of the channel measured in terms of an internal interference metric and uses an algorithm to make a decision to choose the best channel within the band The channel chosen is not based just on the occupancy level channel but also the occupancy level of adjacent channels Disabled ACS is disabled and the operator should configure a Frequency Carrier manually A aa Note The channel bandwidth configured prior to enabling and running ACS will be used to automatically select a channel For ex If the operator manually configured a channel bandwidth of 20MHz ACS will scan and choose a channel of 20MHz wide channel To switch ACS to 40MHz or other channel bandwidth the operator should disable ACS manually configure 40MHz or desired channel bandwidth on the radio then enable and run ACS Minimum Dwell Time Configure the minimum time in milliseconds for which the radio needs to scan a channel to measure channel occupancy or int
241. lable online at ttp www cambiumnetworks com Dui KE MADE IN CHINA Vin 22V 56V lt lt lt Imax 500MA CAUTION Class 2 only OX L L UI A A ao seh ono mn i GE ESN 0A003EA005 FCC ID verre IC 109W 0005 Vin 22V 56V San See the System User Guide before connecting to AC power The guide is available online at ttp www cambiumnetworks com LTE Duss HE E221154 Imax 5OOMA CHINA CAUTION Class 2 only o 302 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Figure 61 FCC and IC certifications on 2 4 GHz product labels AML Il UR TH BIL H CHINA before connecting to AC LT il l v ii wii i I i power The guide Is avaliable online at PART NO C024900A011A http www cambiumnetworks com IMT M Ni MSN 6069NS006 TOI Mui Fe FCC ID Z8H89FT0012 IC 109W 0012 Vin 22V 56V See Imax 500mA CAUTION Class 2 only L as UI T k U Mi T U i U LN orner ae before connecting to AC Ml m 1 il T ml i ar die ced Seniai PART NO C024900A021A ttp www cambiumnetworks com AVA MSN 6069NSO06U LUU NAA LTE ESN 0A003EA005B3 c us LISTED C FCC ID Z8H89FT0011 IC 109W 0011 Vin 22V 56V Ima Imax 500MA CAUTION Class 2 only OX L I AVN Tn nn i T gae ODEL NO C024900P031A beforeeonneding DAE OO U IDI I W arrian nte C02490 http www cambiumnetworks com L it il wi Mt i i MSN 6069NS006 COI aire Fe FCC ID Z8H89FT00
242. le 72 SM System page attributes Attribute Meaning Hardware Version Board hardware version information Firmware Version U Boot version information Software Version Current operating version of software on the device This listing is also present on the GUI footer bar which contains a hyperlink to download new system software Date and Time Current date and time subject to time zone offsets introduced by the configuration of the device Time Zone parameter This shows a factory configured time until a valid NTP server is configured System Uptime The total system uptime since the last device reset Wireless MAC The hardware address of the device wireless interface Address Ethernet MAC The hardware address of the device LAN Ethernet interface Address 176 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning DFS Status N A DFS operation is not required for the region configured in parameter Country Code Channel Availability Check Prior to transmitting the device must check the configured Frequency Carrier for radar pulses for 60 seconds If no radar pulses are detected the device transitions to state In Service Monitoring In Service Monitoring Radio is transmitting and receiving normally while monitoring for radar pulses which require a channel move Radar Signal Detected The receiver has detected a valid radar pulse and is carrying out detect and avoid mechanisms moving to an alternat
243. lied computer programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Cambium its licensors and other 3 Party supplied software certain exclusive rights for copyrighted material including the exclusive right to copy reproduce in any form distribute and make derivative works of the copyrighted material Accordingly any copyrighted material of Cambium its licensors or the 3 Party software supplied material contained in the Cambium products described in this document may not be copied reproduced reverse engineered distributed merged or modified in any manner without the express written permission of Cambium Furthermore the purchase of Cambium products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication estoppel or otherwise any license under the copyrights patents or patent applications of Cambium or other 3rd Party supplied software except for the normal non exclusive royalty free license to use that arises by operation of law in the sale of a product Restrictions Software and documentation are copyrighted materials Making unauthorized copies is prohibited by law No part of the software or documentation may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means without prior written permission of Cambium License Agreements The software described in this docu
244. lished by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA See full license text on page 234 jQuery The MIT License MIT Copyright c 2013 The jQuery Foundation Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES 227 e PMP Data Driven Document CAMBIUM NETWORKS OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PA
245. lowed EIRP bandwidth dBm at 5 2 GHz dBm at 5 4 GHz dBm at 5 8 GHz dBm at 2 4 GHz MHz 20 40 30 30 36 36 The settings to be used for regions with the EIRP limits in Table 38 are shown in Table 39 Table 39 Setting maximum transmit power to meet general EIRP limits Antenna Maximum Operating Transmitter Output Power parameter available bandwidth MHz setting dBm antenna gain dBi 5 2GHz 5 4GHz 5 8GHz 2 4GHz Connectorized 15 20 40 15 15 21 21 module Sector antenna da Note Calculations under Table 39 are on the basis of 0 5 dB cable loss and the highest gain antennas per size of which Cambium Networks are aware At these operating frequencies antenna cable losses even with short cables are unlikely to ever be below 0 5 dB for practical installations and cable diameters 65 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Data network planning This section describes factors to be considered when planning ePMP data networks ETHERNET INTERFACES The ePMP Ethernet ports conform to the specifications listed in Table 40 Table 40 ePMP Ethernet bridging specifications Ethernet Bridging Specification Protocol 10BASE Te 100BASE Tx 1000BASE T IEEE 802 3 IEEE 802 3af PoE IEEE802 3u compliant Auto negotiation QoS Proprietary QoS Interface 10 100 1000BaseT RJ 45 Data Rates See Data throughput tables on page 309 Maximum Ethernet Frame 1700 bytes Size Service classes for bridged 3 classes traff
246. mail to support cambiumnetworks com 13 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Problems and warranty Reporting problems If any problems are encountered when installing or operating this equipment follow this procedure to investigate and report 1 Search this document and the software release notes of supported releases 2 Visit the support website http www cambiumnetworks com support epmp 3 Ask for assistance from the Cambium product supplier 4 Gather information from affected units such as any available diagnostic downloads 5 Escalate the problem by emailing or telephoning support http www cambiumnetworks com support contact support Repair and service If unit failure is suspected obtain details of the Return Material Authorization RMA process from the support website Warranty Cambium s standard hardware warranty is for one 1 year from date of shipment from Cambium or a Cambium distributor Cambium warrants that hardware will conform to the relevant published specifications and will be free from material defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service Cambium shall within this time at its own option either repair or replace the defective product within thirty 30 days of receipt of the defective product Repaired or replaced product will be subject to the original warranty period but not less than thirty 30 days To register PMP products or activate warranties visit the support website For warranty as
247. ment is the property of Cambium and its licensors It is furnished by express license agreement only and may be used only in accordance with the terms of such an agreement High Risk Materials Cambium and its supplier s specifically disclaim any express or implied warranty of fitness for any high risk activities or uses of its products including but not limited to the operation of nuclear facilities aircraft navigation or aircraft communication systems air traffic control life support or weapons systems High Risk Use Any High Risk is unauthorized is made at your own risk and you shall be responsible for any and all losses damage or claims arising out of any High Risk Use 2014 Cambium Networks Limited All Rights Reserved ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Safety and regulatory information This section describes important safety and regulatory guidelines that must be observed by personnel installing or operating ePMP equipment IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION Bin To prevent loss of life or physical injury observe the safety guidelines in this section Power lines Exercise extreme care when working near power lines Working at heights Exercise extreme care when working at heights Grounding and protective earth Connectorized ePMP devices must be properly grounded to protect against lightning It is the user s responsibility to install the equipment in accordance with national regulations In the USA follow Se
248. meters Figure 15 GUI first level and second level navigation 5GHz Station1 Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 TTT E Quick Search 7 System Summary Operating Frequency K Quick start Operating Channel Bandwidth D Configuration Transmitter Output Power Antenna Gain A Monitor Country F Tools Subscriber Module Priority Network Mode Downlink RSSI Downlink SNR Uplink MCS Downlink MCS Ethernet Interface Wireless Interface Link Quality Uplink Link Capacity Uplink Average Wireless Throughput 0 010 0 009 0 008 0 007 0 006 0 005 0 004 0 003 0 002 0 001 0 000 145 23 42 BDownlink uplink 5GHz Station1 5485 MHz 20 MHz 21 dBm 13 dBi Other Normal NAT 58 dBm 39 dB MCS 15 MCS 15 Up Up 100 30 Wireless MAC Address Ethernet MAC Address IP Address Wireless IP Address Date and Time System Uptime System Name System Description Port Speed Port Duplex Mode Registered AP SSID Registered AP MAC Address Device Coordinates DFS Status 45 23 43 15 Time Cambium Support Software Version 2 1 RC26 Copyright 2013 2014 Cambium Networks All Rights Reserved 00 04 56 C0 0A C1 00 04 56 C0 0A CO 10 1 1 100 10 120 204 2 14 Jul 2014 23 44 05 CST 3 days 8 hours Nut Cracker 5GHz Network N A N A Cambium AP 00 04 56 C3 12 AC Not Available 30 45 23 44 82 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu The
249. miliar with the requirements in FCC KDB 443999 Essentially the installer must be able to e Access the FCC data base of weather radar location and channel frequencies s Use this information to correctly configure the product using the GUI to avoid operation on channels that must be avoided according to the guidelines that are contained in the KDB and explained in detail in this user guide In ETSI regions the band 5600 MHz to 5650 MHZ is reserved for the use of weather radars External antennas When using a connectorized version of the product as compared to the version with an integrated antenna the conducted transmit power must be reduced to ensure the regulatory limit on transmitter EIRP is not exceeded The installer must have an understanding of how to compute the effective antenna gain from the actual antenna gain and the antenna cable losses The product GUI automatically applies the correct conducted power limit to ensure that it is not possible for the installation to exceed the EIRP limit when the appropriate values for antenna gain are entered into the GUI Ethernet networking skills The installer must have the ability to configure IP addressing on a PC and to set up and control products using a web browser interface Lightning protection To protect outdoor radio installations from the impact of lightning strikes the installer must be familiar with the normal procedures for site selection bonding and grounding Ins
250. modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE LibTomCrypt and LibTomMath are written by Tom St Denis and are Public Domain sshpty c is taken from OpenSSH 3 5p1 Copyright c 1995 Tatu Ylonen lt ylo cs hut fi gt Espoo Finland All rights reserved As far as am concerned the code have written for this software can be used freely for any purpose Any derived versions of this software must be clearly marked as such and if the derived work is incompatible with the protocol description in the RFC file it must be called by a name other than ssh or Secure Shell 241 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS loginrec c loginrec h atomicio h atomicio c and strlcat included in util c are from OpenSSH 3 6 1p2 an
251. module to factory defaults Antenna Gain This value represents the amount of gain introduced by an external antenna minus cable loss This value is used in calculating the unit s Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power EIRP level For certain Country Code configurations the unit s EIRP may be limited based on regional regulations Subscriber Module Target Receive Level Each SM s transmitter output power is automatically set by the AP The AP monitors the received power from each SM and adjusts each SM s transmitter output power so that the received power at the AP from the SM is not greater than what is configured in SM Target Received Power Level These automatic power adjustments ensure that the SM is not transmitting excessive energy raising system noise level and that the SM is able to achieve an optimal modulation state and maximum achievable throughput Nominally target receive levels must be set lesser than 60 dBm in order 98 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning to prevent interference from co located co channel sectors Scheduler Downlink Uplink Ratio Configure the schedule of downlink traffic to uplink traffic on the radio link The first three options 75 25 50 50 and 30 70 allow the radio to operate in a fixed ratio on every frame In other words this ratio represents the amount of the total radio link s aggregate throughput that will be used for downlink resources an
252. more than one SM may connect to the AP Connect 15 SM The system is configured to accept only the 1 registered SM Network entry is denied for all subsequent SM network entry requests MAC Limited The system is configured to accept only one SM registration and this registration is limited by SM MAC Address the SM Wireless MAC Address Subscriber Module Wireless MAC Configure the Wireless MAC Address of the sole SM which is granted registration to the AP All other network entry attempts is rejected by the AP The SM s Preferred AP List may be configured with the destination point to point AP to ensure that the SM connects with the intended AP Power Control Transmitter Output Power This value represents the combined power of the AP s two transmitters This value may be automatically adjusted based on the configuration of the parameter Country Code Nations and regions may regulate transmitter output power For example e 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz modules are available as connectorized radios which require the operator to adjust power to ensure regulatory compliance The professional installer of the equipment has the responsibility to e maintain awareness of applicable regulations e calculate the permissible transmitter output power for the module e confirm that the initial power setting is compliant with national or regional regulations e confirm that the power setting is compliant following any reset of the
253. mputer PMP Point to Multipoint QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keyed RF Radio Frequency RMA Return Merchandise Authorization RSSI Received Signal Strength Indication RTTT Road Transport and Traffic Telematics RX Receive SAR Standard Absorption Rate SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SM Subscriber Module SW Software TDD Time Division Duplex TDWR Terminal Doppler Weather Radar TX Transmit UNII Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure URL Uniform Resource Locator 322
254. munity String value is clear text and is readable by a packet monitor Read write Community String Traps Specify a community string that allows a Network Management Station NMS to not only read SNMP information but also write SNMP values that are defined as writeable in the radio No spaces are allowed in this string Disabled With this setting the radio will not send traps Enabled Setting this enables the radio to send SNMP traps to the configured SNMP Trap Server Trap Community String Specify a control string to match the Trap Community String on the SNMP Trap server No spaces are allowed in this string Trap Servers The SNMP Trap Servers table contains all of the SNMP Trap servers the radio can send SNMP traps Configure the IP Address which the device uses to send SNMP traps Server IP Specify up to four SNMP Trap Servers to which the device will send SNMP traps Server Port Configure port which the device uses to send SNMP traps System Name Specify a string to associate with the physical module This parameter can be polled by the Cambium Networks Services Server CNSS or an NMS Special characters are supported 158 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Attribute Meaning System Description Specify a description string to associate with the physical module This parameter can be polled by the Cambium Networks Services Server CNSS or an NMS Special characters are supported
255. n pins 4 amp 5 PROTOCOLS USED IPv4 UDP TCP IP ICMP SSH SNMPv2c HTTPs FTP NETWORK MANAGEMENT HTTPs SSH FTP SNMPv2c VLAN 802 10 with 802 1p priority Performance ARQ Yes NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC 20MHZ CHANNEL MCS1 89 dBm to MCS15 70 dBm per branch NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC 40MHZ CHANNEL MCS1 87 dBm to MCS15 65 dBm per branch MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 20 MHz CHANNEL Up to 13 miles MODULATION LEVELS ADAPTIVE MCS1 QPSK 1 2 to MCS15 64QAM 5 6 LATENCY nominal roundtrip 17 ms QUALITY OF SERVICE Three level priority Voice High Low with packet classification by DSCP COS VLAN ID IP amp MAC Addr Broadcast Multicast and Subscriber Module Priority Link Budget ANTENNA BEAM WIDTH 24 azimuth 12 elevation 31 O ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS TRANSMIT POWER RANGE 20 to 30 dBm combined to regional EIRP limit 1 dB interval ANTENNA GAIN 12 dBi integrated patch MAXIMUM TRANSMIT POWER 30 dBm combined ANTENNA CONNECTION Integrated patch antenna SURGE SUPPRESSION 1 Joule Integrated ENVIRONMENTAL IP55 TEMPERATURE 30 C to 55 C 22 F to 131 F WEIGHT 0 49 kg 1 1 Ib WIND SURVIVAL 145 km hour 90 mi hour with antenna DIMENSIONS H x W x D 29 1 x 14 5 x 8 3 cm 11 4 x 5 7 x 3 3 in POWER CONSUMPTION 7 W Maximum 5 W Typical INPUT VOLTAGE 24 to 30 V
256. ne The Time Zone option may be used to offset the received NTP time to match the operator s local time zone Location Services Obtain from Internal GPS On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the Device coordinates can be populated using the information retrieved from the on board GPS chip Populate Click the button for the same Device Latitude Configure Latitude information for the device in decimal format 105 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Attribute Meaning Internal GPS On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field is automatically populated Latitude with the Device Latitude information from the on board GPS chip Device Longitude Configure Longitude information for the device in decimal format Internal GPS Longitude On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field is automatically populated with the Device Longitude information from the on board GPS chip Device Height Configure height above sea level for the device in meters Internal GPS Height On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field is automatically populated with the Device height above sea level from the on board GPS chip User Account Management Administrator Username Read only listing of available login levels e ADMINISTRATOR full read write permissions e INSTALLER permissions to read and write parameters applicable to unit installation and monitoring e HOME permissions only to access pertinent information fo
257. ng all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement UPDATES During the first 12 months after purchase of a Product or during the term of any executed Maintenance and Support Agreement for the Product you are entitled to receive Updates An Update means any code in any form which is a bug fix patch error correction or minor enhancement but excludes any major feature added to the Software Updates are available for download at the support website Major features may be available from time to time for an additional license fee If Cambium Networks makes available to you major features and no other end user license agreement is provided then the terms of this Agreement will apply MAINTENANCE Except as provided above Cambium Networks is not responsible for maintenance or field service of the Software under this Agreement 222 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS DISCLAIMER CAMBIUM NETWORKS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED STATUTORY OR IN ANY COMMUNICATION WITH YOU CAMBIUM NETWORKS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILTY NONINFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED AS IS CAMBIUM NETWORKS DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS OR THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE WILL BE CORRECTED CAMBI
258. ng for Troubleshooting sss s sees sese s sees eee enen 209 General Fault Isolation Process sic cecitecvecdscdeeacscdecudecsestacstdacsecsidectdceiasieasadassdissiasneasaiens 209 Questions to Help Isolate the Problem 210 Upgrading device software sss sss ss essen 211 Upgrading on board GPS chip THrrmware ssssssss sese eese seene eenn 212 Testing hardware i i cescscscixscscxsvescvsvwandebennckunesexedees dues coe nenutavdxenvavceneescdsavabussnenawxdesenaxunwks 213 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Checking the power supply LED sese ee eee eee eee eee 213 Power LED iS Off srcima na NNa A A aA 213 S120211 a i EEEN EEEa 213 Troubleshooting the radio link ssssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nne 215 Module has lost or does not establish radio cOonnecivIw s sse esse eee eee 215 Link is unreliable or does not achieve data rates required sss 216 Module Has Lost or Does Not Gain GPS Svnchronization sese eee eee eee eee eee eee 216 Using the device external reset button sss sees sees eenn 217 Resetting the ePMP to factory defaults by power CyCliNg cccccssseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 218 Legal and reference information sss sssseessssss sese ees ss sese eers ennenen 219 Cambium Networks end user license agreement sss ssessss sees sese ee esse sees esse e seene 220 Acceptance of this agreement sese eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee 220 RIZ aT Te a TT 220 Grant of eT 220 Bais Tene HT 6455 ia sc
259. ng in the web interface first displays a dashboard view of vital system status and statistics Also the first level of navigation is displayed across the top Configure Monitor Tools and Quick Start To return to this display at any time click the Home fal icon or device name i e ePMP Access Point Figure 13 GUI dashboard Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Cambium Device Quick Search System Summary ow K QuickStart configuration N Monitor F os AP SSID Operating Frequency Operating Channel Bandwidth Transmitter Output Power Antenna Gain Country Downlink Uplink Frame Ratio Wireless Security Ethernet Interface Wireless Interface Registered Subscriber Modules Average Wireless Throughput 00 20 15 Downlink Uplink Cambium Support Software Version 2 1 RC26 Copyright 2013 2014 Cambium Networks All Rights Reserved Cambium Device Cambium AP 5485 MHz 20 MHz 15 dBm OdBi Other Flexible WPA2 Up Up 5 145 Wireless MAC Address Ethernet MAC Address IP Address Date and Time System Uptime System Name System Description Port Speed Port Duplex Mode Device Coordinates DFS Status 00 21 15 Time 00 04 56 C3 12 AC 00 04 56 C3 12 AB 10 120 204 1 15 Jul 2014 00 22 18 CDT 3 days 7 hours Cambium Networks Cambium Networks 1000 Mbps Full 42 05329 088 02544 Not Available 145 00 22 15 75 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS The top of the interface
260. ng the SM s Ethernet port is prioritized as low priority for sending over the radio link traffic will be sent after VOIP classified and High classified traffic is sent 154 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM System page The SM s System page is used to configure system parameters services time settings SNMP and syslog Figure 42 SM System page Q Cambium Networks ack searen A iow FH eck start D Configuration Radio 00S Quality of Service d Network Seourity A montor lt F Took lt Configuration gt System General Device Name Webpage Auto Update Web Service Web Service HTTP Port Tp Pon SSH Servier SSH Service Network Time Protocol NTP NTP Server tP Assignment Preferred NTP Server Alternate NTP Server Time Zone Location Services Device Latitude Device Longitude Device Height internal GPS Height Utar Account Management Administrator Username Administrator Password instaler Account Installer Username Instar Password Home User Account Home User Username Home User Password nera G Account Read Only Username Resd Only Pmewoed rtie Network Management Protocol SNMP nead Only Community Sting Red Write Community String Traps Trap Community string Trao Servers sec min 2 mac 20 HTT mes 80 ma mae 65595 sas ma O mae 65539 Osabled Ensbiod st omer 10 120 12 44 UTC 05 C
261. nk s aggregate throughput that will be used for uplink resources Wireless Security The current configured authentication type used for radio link encryption as well as SM authentication Ethernet Interface Up The Ethernet LAN interface is functioning properly Down The Ethernet LAN interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic Wireless Interface Up The radio WAN interface is functioning properly Down The radio WAN interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic Registered Subscriber Modules The total number of SMs currently registered to the AP Wireless MAC The MAC address of the device wireless interface Address Ethernet MAC The MAC address of the device Ethernet LAN interface Address IP Address The current configured device IP address LAN used for management Date and Time System Uptime access The current date and time on the device subject to the configuration of parameter Time Zone The total uptime of the radio since the last reset System Name The current configured system name System Description The current configured system description Port Speed The current Ethernet port speed of the radio 78 ePMP Attribute Meaning CAMBIUM NETWORKS Port Duplex Mode The current Ethernet port duplex mode of the radio Device Coordinates format The current configured Latitude and Long
262. nnect the Ethernet cable to re supply power to the ePMP device for 3 5 seconds and disconnect cable to power off the ePMP device for 3 5 seconds 4 power cycle 6 Reconnect the Ethernet cable to re supply power to the ePMP device for at least 30 seconds and allow it to go through the boot up procedure Note Device will go through an additional reset automatically This will reset the current configuration files to factory default configuration e g IP addresses Device mode RF configuration etc The device can be pinged from a PC to check if boot up is complete Successful ping replies indicates boot up is complete 7 Access the ePMP device using the default IP address of 192 168 0 1 AP or 192 168 0 2 SM Figure 59 Power cycle timings Power cycle 1 gt Power cycle 2 4 Power cyde 3 1 P Sale ower cycla Si VHON Ia nl on ee el el as Where Is V ON Power through PoE has been applied to the device Off Power through PoE has been removed from the device Tor Time duration for which the device has been powered on This should be 3 5 seconds tort Time duration for which the device has been powered off This should be 3 5 seconds 218 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Legal and reference information This chapter provides legal notices including software license agreements PN caution Intentional or unintentional changes or modifications to the equipment must not be made unless under
263. no route back to the AP or there may be a failure in the network hardware i e DNS server failure Figure 38 AP Ping page Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Quick Search Tools gt Ping A Home Ping Z Quick Start IP Address S Number of Packets c min 1 max 10 D Configuration Buffer Size s min 1 max 65507 AA Monitor TTL t min 1 max 128 I Tools t Software Upgrade kid s Pe Ping Results Backup Restore 49 eDetect dl Spectrum Analyzer KON Automatic Channel Selection A Wireless Link Test pst Traceroute Table 62 AP Ping attributes Attribute Meaning Ping IP Address Enter the IP address of the ping target Number of packets Enter the total number of ping requests to send to the target c Buffer size s Enter the number of data bytes to be sent TTL t Set the IP Time To Live TTL for multicast packets This flag applies if the ping target is a multicast address Ping results Results of the Ping test are displayed in the box 144 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Traceroute page Use the AP Traceroute page to display the route path and associated diagnostics for IP connectivity between the AP and the destination specified Figure 39 AP Traceroute page a t 09 Cambium Networks camhium Devce Access Point leal L Administrator Quick Search Tools gt Traceroute A Home Traceroute Z Quick Start IP Address Fragmentation F ofF ON
264. nowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution Jean loup Gailly Mark Adler jloup gzip org madler alumni caltech edu 268 ePMP lighttpd CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright C 2006 2012 OpenWrt org This is free software licensed under the GNU General Public License v2 See LICENSE for more information See full license text on page 234 Copyright c 2004 Jan Kneschke incremental All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the incremental nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING B
265. ntify all the obstructions such as trees or buildings in the path and to assess the risk of interference This information is necessary in order to achieve an accurate link feasibility assessment PATH LOSS Path loss is the amount of attenuation the radio signal undergoes between the two ends of the link The path loss is the sum of the attenuation of the path if there were no obstacles in the way Free Space Path Loss the attenuation caused by obstacles Excess Path Loss and a margin to allow for possible fading of the radio signal Fade Margin The following calculation needs to be performed to judge whether a particular link can be installed L free _ space a a L fade L lt L Where Is Tn iyice Free Space Path Loss dB L Excess Path Loss dB L rade Fade Margin Required dB L Seasonal Fading dB L capability Equipment Capability dB Free space path loss is a major determinant in received Rx signal level Rx signal level in turn is a major factor in the system operating margin fade margin which is calculated as follows System Operating Margin fade margin dB Rx signal level dB Rx sensitivity dB Thus the fade margin is the difference between strength of the received signal and the strength that the receiver requires for maintaining a reliable link ADAPTIVE MODULATION Adaptive modulation ensures that the highest throughput that can be achieved instantaneously will be obtained taking account of propagat
266. ocation has access to the same data based on the VLAN architecture For the network operator this provides flexibility in network segmentation simpler management and enhanced security Disabled When disabled all IP management traffic is allowed to the device Management VLAN ID Configure this parameter to include the device s management traffic on a separate VLAN network For example if MGMT VLAN ID is set to 2 GUI access will only be allowed from IP packets tagged with VLAN ID 2 111 ePMP Management VLAN Priority CAMBIUM NETWORKS ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802 1p specification MGMT VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service CoS Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device management traffic This parameter only takes effect if the MGMT VLAN parameter is enabled Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802 1q tag for traffic on the management VLAN originating from the SM The default value is 0 112 ePMP AP Security page CAMBIUM NETWORKS The AP s Security page is used to configure system security features including SM authentication and Layer2 Layer3 Firewall rules EN caution If a device firewall rule is added with Action set to Deny and Interface set to LAN or WAN and no other rule attribute are configured the device will drop
267. ocedures Configuring the management PC on page 70 Connecting to the PC and powering up on page 71 CONFIGURING THE MANAGEMENT PC Use this procedure to configure the local management PC to communicate with the ePMP module Procedure 1 Select Properties for the Ethernet port In Windows 7 this is found in Control Panel gt Network and Internet gt Network Connections gt Local Area Connection Select the Internet Protocol TCP IP item Click Properties Enter an IP address that is valid for the 192 168 0 X network avoiding 192 168 0 1 192 168 0 2 and 192 168 03 A good example is 192 168 0 100 Enter a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 Leave the default gateway blank Click OK then click Close CAMBIUM NETWORKS j E Local Area Connection Properties Networking Sharing Connect using AP Intel R 82566MM Gigabit Network Connection This connection uses the following items S 0 Client for Microsoft Networks B QoS Packet Scheduler v JM File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks W PPP over Ethemet Protocol S Intemet Protocol Version 6 TCP IPv6 v v v E Intemet Protocol Versio Link Layer Topology Discovery Mapper 1 0 Driver Link Layer Topology Discovery Responder Description Transmission Control Protocol Intemet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides
268. on for more than two seconds but less than ten seconds then release Caution If the reset button is pressed for more than ten seconds while powered on the device will reset back to its factory default configuration e To reset the device to its factory default configuration depress the button for more than ten seconds then release Connectorized Radio Integrated Radio Reset Button Reset Button Un synced Connectorized Radio Reset Button 217 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Resetting the ePMP to factory defaults by power cycling Operators may reset an ePMP radio to default factory configuration by a sequence of power cycling removing and re applying power to the device This procedure allows operators to perform a factory default reset without a tower climb or additional tools The procedure is depicted in Figure 59 Procedure 1 Remove the Ethernet cable from PoE jack of the power supply for at least 10 seconds 2 Reconnect the Ethernet cable to re supply power to the ePMP device for 3 5 seconds and disconnect cable to power off the ePMP device for 3 5 seconds 1 power cycle 3 Reconnect the Ethernet cable to re supply power to the ePMP device for 3 5 seconds and disconnect cable to power off the ePMP device for 3 5 seconds 2 power cycle 4 Reconnect the Ethernet cable to re supply power to the ePMP device for 3 5 seconds and disconnect cable to power off the ePMP device for 3 5 seconds 3 power cycle 5 Reco
269. on the network configuration Verify the authentication settings on the AP and SM if Authentication Type is set to WPA2 verify that the Pre shared Key matches between the AP and the SM Preferred AP List Check that the software at each end of the link is the same version Check that the desired AP s SSID is configured in the SM Preferred AP List On the SM check the DL RSSI and DL CINR values Verify that for the SM installed distance that the values are consistent with Table 83 5 GHz threshold power and link loss on page 272 and Table 84 2 4 GHz threshold power and link loss on page 272 Check Tx Power on the AP and SM Check that the link is not obstructed or the AP SM misaligned Check the DFS status page Monitor System Status at each end of the link and establish that there is a quiet wireless channel to use If there are no faults found in the configuration and there is absolutely no wireless signal retry the installation procedure If this does not work then report a suspected AP SM fault to Cambium Networks 215 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS LINK IS UNRELIABLE OR DOES NOT ACHIEVE DATA RATES REQUIRED If there is some activity but the link is unreliable or does not achieve the data rates required proceed as follows Procedure 1 Check that the interference has not increased by monitoring the uplink and downlink CINR values reported in the AP page Monitor Wireless Status 2 Check that the RSSI values reported at the AP
270. opean Union EU Directive 2002 96 EC Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE Do not dispose of Cambium equipment in landfill sites For disposal instructions see http www cambiumnetworks com support Disposal of surplus packaging Do not dispose of surplus packaging in landfill sites In the EU it is the individual recipient s responsibility to ensure that packaging materials are collected and recycled according to the requirements of EU environmental law In non EU countries In non EU countries dispose of Cambium equipment and all surplus packaging in accordance with national and regional regulations Product description This chapter provides a high level description of the ePMP product It describes the function of the product the main product variants and typical deployment It also describes the main hardware components The following topics are described in this chapter e The key features typical uses product variants and components of the ePMP are explained in Overview of ePMP on page 19 e How the ePMP wireless link is operated including modulation modes power control and security is described under Wireless operation on page 21 e The ePMP management system including the web interface installation configuration alerts and upgrades is described in System management on page 25 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Overview of ePMP This section introduces the key features typical uses product variants and componen
271. optional entry to set a specific Access Concentrator to connect to for the PPPoE session If this is blank the SM accepts the first Access Concentrator which matches the service name if specified This is limited to 32 characters Authentication ALL This means that CHAP authentication will be attempted first then PAP authentication The same password is used for both types CHAP This means that CHAP authentication will be attempted PAP This means that PAP authentication will be attempted Username This is the CHAP PAP username that is used This is limited to 32 characters Password This is the CHAP PAP password that is used This is limited to 32 characters 163 ePMP MTU Size CAMBIUM NETWORKS Maximum Transmission Unit the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process inside the PPPoE tunnel This field allows the operator to specify the largest MTU value to use in the PPPoE session if PPPoE MSS Clamping is Enabled The user will be able to enter an MTU value up to 1492 However if the MTU determined in LCP negotiations is less than this user specified value the SM uses the smaller value as its MTU for the PPPoE link Keep Alive Time Configure the Keep Alive Time to allow the radio to keep the PPPoE session up after establishment As an example if this field is set to 5 the PPPoE client will send a keep alive message to the PPPoE server every 5 seconds If there
272. orized Patch Panel PTP 20 40 MHz Array 23 dBi 0 005 199 5 10 0 09 0 2 50 2 PTP 20 40 MHz Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 0 001 1000 0 10 0 09 0 2 50 2 WN Caution For countries that follow FCC regulations the combined conducted power must be reduced according to Table 90 for the lower edge of the 5 1 GHz band in order to meet restricted band requirements 277 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 90 FCC conducted power combined for lower edge of 5 1 GHz Channel Bandwidth Antenna Conducted Power combined 5 10 MHz Connectorized Omni 3 dBi 18 dBm 5 10 MHz Integrated Patch Array 16 dBi 7 dBm 5 10 MHz Connectorized Sector Array 16 dBi 7 dBm 5 10 MHz Connectorized Patch Panel Array 23 dBi 0 dBm 5 10 MHz Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 7 dBm 20 40 MHz Connectorized Omni 3 dBi 15 dBm 20 40 MHz Integrated Patch Array 16 dBi 7 dBm 20 40 MHz Connectorized Sector Array 16 dBi 7 dBm 20 40 MHz Connectorized Patch Panel Array 23 dBi 2 dBm 20 40 MHz Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 5 dBm Channel Bandwidth Antenna Conducted Power combined 5 10 MHz Connectorized Omni 3 dBi 18 dBm 5 10 MHz Integrated Patch Array 16 dBi 7 dBm 5 10 MHz Connectorized Sector Array 16 dBi 7 dBm 5 10 MHz Connectorized Patch Panel Array 23 dBi 0 dBm 5 10 MHz Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 7 dBm 20 40 MHz Connectorized Omni 3 dBi 15 dBm 20 40 MHz Integrated Patch Array 16 dBi 7 dBm 20 40
273. ork To configure a simple test network this field may be left at default 255 255 255 0 Configure the parameter Gateway The IP address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks To configure a simple test network this parameter may be left at default blank Configure the parameter Wireless Security Open All SMs requesting network entry are allowed registration WPA2 The WPA2 mechanism provides AES radio link encryption and SM network entry authentication When enabled the SM must register using the Authentication Pre shared Key configured on the AP and SM Configure the parameter WPA2 Pre shared Key Configure this key on the AP and then configure each of the network SMs with this key to complete the authentication configuration This key must be between 8 to 128 symbols Click E c the visibility icon to toggle the display of the key s contents Click the Save icon then click the Reset icon 85 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Configuring SM units using the Quick Start menu The Quick Start tab contains a simple listing of parameters required to configure a simple radio link and to configure requisite networking parameters Figure 17 SM Quick Start menu ambium N Quick Start General nadie Mear Access Point subscriber Module B inna prear e Country renee AP s Country 7 AR monsor Device Name Sens
274. ot covered under warranty The recommendations in this guide when followed correctly give the user the best protection from the harmful effects of EMD However 100 protection is neither implied nor possible Details of lightning protection methods and requirements can be found in the international standards IEC 61024 1 and IEC 61312 1 the U S National Electric Code ANSI NFPA No 70 1984 or section 54 of the Canadian Electric Code AA Note International and national standards take precedence over the requirements in this guide 30 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS LIGHTNING PROTECTION ZONES Use the rolling sphere method Figure 2 to determine where it is safe to mount equipment An imaginary sphere typically 50 meters in radius is rolled over the structure Where the sphere rests against the ground and a strike termination device such as a finial or ground bar all the space under the sphere is considered to be in the zone of protection Zone B Similarly where the sphere rests on two finials the space under the sphere is considered to be in the zone of protection Figure 2 Rolling sphere method to determine the lightning protection zones Assess locations on masts towers and buildings to determine if the location is in Zone A or Zone B e Zone A In this zone a direct lightning strike is possible Do not mount equipment in this zone e Zone B In this zone direct EMD lightning effects are still possible
275. oth radio and networking electronics An ePMP integrated unit may function as an Access Point AP or a Subscriber Module SM in a Point To Multipoint PMP or in a Point To Point PTP network topology 40 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS INTEGRATED MODULE PART NUMBERS Choose the correct regional variant one is for use in regions where FCC or IC licensing restrictions apply FCC IC and the other is for use in ETSI countries or the rest of the world ETSI RoW Each of the parts listed in Table 11 includes the following items s One integrated module with mounting bracket e One metal mounting strap e Power supply Table 11 Integrated module part numbers Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP Integrated 5 GHz no power cord ROW version C050900C031A ePMP Integrated 5 GHz EU power cord EU version C050900P033A ePMP Integrated 5 GHz US power cord FCC version C058900C132A ePMP Integrated 2 4 GHz US power cord C024900C031A Table 12 Integrated module accessory part numbers Cambium description Cambium part number ePMP Power Supply for non GPS Radio no cord spare NOOO900L002A INTEGRATED MODULE MOUNTING BRACKET Figure 7 Integrated module mounting bracket The integrated module is designed to be pole mounted using the mounting strap and bracket provided in the box with the radio 41 ePMP INTEGRATED MODULE INTERFACES CAMBIUM NETWORKS The integrated module interfaces
276. oundation Inc Copyright C 1992 1995 1999 2000 2002 2005 2006 Free Software Foundation Inc This file is part of the GNU C Library Copyright C 1999 2001 2003 Bruno Haible This file is not part of the GNU LIBICONV Library This file is put into the public domain Copyright C 1999 2001 2005 Free Software Foundation Inc This file is part of the GNU LIBICONV Library The GNU LIBICONV Library is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version The GNU LIBICONV Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Library General Public License for more details N Copyright C 1999 2004 2006 Free Software Foundation Inc This file is part of the GNU LIBICONV Tools This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify 247 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCH
277. page 63 AVAILABLE SPECTRUM The available spectrum for operation depends on the region When configured with the appropriate country code the unit will only allow operation on those channels which are permitted by the regulations A Note In Italy there is a regulation which requires a general authorization of any 5 4 GHz radio link which is used outside the operator s own premises It is the responsibility of the installer or operator to have the link authorized For details see http www sviluppoeconomico gov it index php option com_content amp view article amp idmenu 672 amp idarea1 593 amp andor AND amp idarea2 1052 amp id 68433 amp sectionid 1 16 amp viewT ype 1 amp showMenu 1 amp showCat 1 amp idarea3 0 amp andorcat AND amp partebassalT ype 0 amp idareaCalendario1 0 amp MvediT 1 amp idarea4 0 amp showArchiveNewsBotton 0 amp directionidUser 0 For the form that must be used for general authorization see http www sviluppoeconomico gov it images stories mise_extra Allegato 20n19 doc 62 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Certain regulations have allocated certain channels as unavailable for use e ETSI has allocated part of the 5 4 GHz band to weather radar e UK and some other European countries have allocated part of the 5 8 GHz band to Road Transport and Traffic Telematics RTTT systems For details of these restrictions see Examples of regulatory limits on page 282 Where regulatory restriction
278. pecify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software 239 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES
279. platform also supports radio data rate limiting Maximum Information Rate or MIR based on the configuration of the MIR table Operators may add up to 16 MIR profiles on the AP each with unique limits for uplink and downlink data rates The SM field MIR Profile Setting is used to configure the appropriate MIR profile for limiting the SM s data rate 151 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Figure 41 SM Quality of Service page Cambium Networks camtium Device subscriber module 3 Lala Rab Quick Search Configuration gt Quality of Service PE Home Maximum Information Rate Z Quick Start MIR Profiles 0 D Configuration S Traffic Priority Ww Radio Traffic Priority Disabled Enabled VOIP Priority Disabled Enabled 2 bard Broadcast Priority Low High gaa Network Multicast Priority Low High Security Subscriber Module Priority Normal High Low J Monitor QoS Classification Rules EI ve Cos CoS 5 Voice DSCP DSCP 46 Voice Table 66 SM Quality of Service attributes Attribute Meaning Maximum Information Rate MIR Profiles Configure the desired MIR Maximum Information Rate profile for SM operation This profile must be configured on the AP else the default profile 0 is used Traffic Priority Traffic Priority Enabled The QoS Classification Rules table is editable and is utilized by the device to classify traffic Disabled The QoS Classification Rules table is greyed out and all traffic
280. produced on the product label Figure 60 and Figure 61 300 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS End Product Labelling The ePMP Module is labelled with its own FCC ID and IC Certification Number If the FCC ID and IC Certification Number are not visible when the module is installed inside another device then the outside of the device into which the module is installed must also display a label referring to the enclosed module In that case the final end product must be labelled in a visible area with the following Table 103 Product labelling Region Label Access Point AP Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID Z8GH89FT0006 or Contains FCC ID Z8BH89FTO006 Subscriber Module SM Contains Transmitter Module FCC ID Z8H89FT0005 or Contains FCC ID Z8H89FT0005 301 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Figure 60 FCC and IC certifications on 5 GHz product labels VI 111 a A inn mH ann ESN 0A003EA005B3 FCC ID Z8H89FTO006 IC 109W 0006 Vin 22V 56V See N MU 0 AN L A PART NO C058900A122A ALI MEANN MN WUNA AN U UOU U N T ESN 0A003EA005B3 FCC ID Z8H89FT0005 IC 109W 0005 IMPORTANT See the System User Guide before connecting to AC power The guide is available online at ttp www cambiumnetworks com uii HE Imax 5OOMA MADE IN CHINA CAUTION Class 2 only OR IMPORTANT See the System User Guide before connecting to AC power The guide is avai
281. putils Copyright c 1989 The Regents of the University of California 245 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS All rights reserved This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by Mike Muuss Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes software developed by the University of California Berkeley and its contributors 4 Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIREC
282. pyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimers in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the names of the University of Illinois NCSA nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this Software without specific prior written permission THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CONTIBUTORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE iproute2 iptables GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin St Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed See full license text on page 234 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 675 Mass Ave Cambridge MA 02139 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed See full license text on page 234 i
283. r present in the 802 10 VLAN tagged Ethernet frame header in the packet entering the SM s Ethernet port VLAN ID Traffic prioritization is based on the VLAN ID of the packet entering the SM s Ethernet port EtherType Traffic prioritization is based on 2 octet Ethertype field in the Ethernet frame entering the SM s Ethernet port The Ethertype is used to identify the protocol of the data in the payload of the Ethernet frame IP Traffic prioritization is based on the source and or destination IP addresses of the packet entering the SM s Ethernet port A sub net mask may be included to define a range of IP addresses to match MAC Traffic prioritization is based on the source and or destination MAC addresses of the packet entering the SM s Ethernet port A mask may be included to define a range of MAC addresses to match The mask is made up of a hex representation of a series of 1s to start the mask and Os that end the mask A 1 may not follow a 0 Thus FF FF FF FF 00 00 is allowed but FF 00 FF FF FF FF is not The MAC address is combined with the mask to define the range of allowed MAC addresses The Rule Details column is used to further configure each classification rule specified in column Rule Type High Traffic entering the SM s Ethernet port is prioritized as high priority for sending over the radio link traffic will be sent after VOIP classified traffic but before Low classified traffic Low Traffic enteri
284. r 40 MHz Power 20 MHz Band Band S 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Armenia 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 18 l 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Argentina 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 13 S 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Azerbaijan 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 18 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Belarus 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 18 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Ecuador 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 13 S 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Glaza SIE every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 1 36 for PMP AP For 5180 to 5240 5190 to 5230 other modes 30 dBm gam Siopao every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 16 6 Configured Antenna Gain 6 3 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Kyrgyzstan 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 18 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Kazakhstan 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 18 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Moldova 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 18 z 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Malaysia 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 13 5160 to 5250 5170 to 5250 Omer ia every 5 MHz every 5 MHz a 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Pemi SIR every 5 MHz every 5 MHz TS PAT 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Philippines 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 13 36 for PMP AP For 5180 to 5240 5190 to 5230 other modes 30 dBm Puerta Rico Pag every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 16 6 Configured Antenna Gain 6 3 7 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 RESIS SI every 5 MHz every 5 MHz ke Hee 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Tajikistan 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 18 S 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Turkmenistan 5150 5250 every 5 MHz e
285. r support purposes e READONLY has permission to only view the Monitor page Administrator Password Configure a custom password for Administrator account The password character display may be toggled using the visibility icon Installer Account Installer Username Disabled The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface The administrator user level cannot be disabled Enabled The user is granted access to the device management interface Provide the Installer Username in this box Installer Password Home User Account Configure a custom password to secure the device Only Administrator account can override this password The password character display may be toggled using the visibility icon Disabled The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface Enabled The user is granted access to the device management interface Home User Provide the Home User Username in this box Username Home User Configure a custom password to secure the device in order access Password pertinent information for support purpose only The password character display may be toggled using the visibility icon 106 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Read Only Account Disabled The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface even on a Read Only access Enabled The user is granted Read Only
286. r video Once the management interface is enabled for a VLAN an SM s management interface can be accessed only by packets tagged with a VLAN ID matching the management VLAN ID A VLAN configuration establishes a logical group within the network Each computer in the VLAN regardless of initial or eventual physical location has access to the same data based on the VLAN architecture For the network operator this provides flexibility in network segmentation simpler management and enhanced security Disabled When disabled all IP management traffic is allowed to the device Management VLAN ID Configure this parameter to include the device s management traffic on a separate VLAN network For example if MGMT VLAN ID is set to 2 GUI access will only be allowed from IP packets tagged with VLAN ID 2 167 ePMP Management VLAN Priority CAMBIUM NETWORKS ePMP radios can prioritize VLAN traffic based on the eight priorities described in the IEEE 802 1p specification MGMT VLAN Priority represents the VLAN Priority or Class of Service CoS Operators may use this prioritization field to give precedence to device management traffic This parameter only takes effect if the MGMT VLAN parameter is enabled Configure this parameter to set the value of the Priority code point field in the 802 1q tag for traffic on the management VLAN originating from the SM The default value is 0 Data VLAN Data VLAN Priority Configur
287. r3 Firewall rules WN Caution If a device firewall rule is added with Action set to Deny and Interface set to LAN or WAN and no other rule attribute are configured the device will drop all Ethernet or wireless traffic respectively Ensure that all firewall rules are specific to the type of traffic which must be denied and that no rules exist in the devices with only Action set to Deny and Interface set to LAN or WAN To regain access to the device perform a factory default Figure 45 SM Security page Cambium Ses Ls 5GH2 Station1 Subscriber Module 0 e B o L Administrator lt Quick Search Configuration gt Security A Home Security Options K Quick start Wireless Security 7 RADIUS Open D Configuration WPA2 RY Radio WPA2 Pre shared Key eoecceee QOS Quality of Service E ww System RADIUS nm Network EAP TTLS Username ePMP Si EAP TTLS Password sees Authentication Identity String anonymous A Monitor Authentication Identity Realm cambiumnetworks com S Tools Default Root Certificate default crt x Default Canopy Root Certificate pmp450 crt x User Provisioned Root Certificate 1 no certificate added L User Provisioned Root Certificate 2 no certificate added Firewalls Layer 2 Firewall Disabled Enabled Firewall Rules EI Back to Wide View Layer 3 Firewall 9 Disabled Enabled Firewall Rules acs Back to Wide View 169 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 70 SM Se
288. ration gt Radio Change the Radio Mode to Spectrum Analyzer Click the Save button Click the Reset button ao A wo N Login to the AP GUI and navigate to Tools gt Spectrum Analyzer Q Cambium Networks oo Spm 1009 Cambium Device Quick Search Tools gt Spectrum Analyzer A Home Download Spectrum Analyzer Tool F Quick start D Configuration A Monitor F Toos d Software Upgrade Backup Restore 49 eDetect ail spectrum Analyzer Wireless tink Test lt N Ping EI traceroute 6 Click Download Spectrum Analyzer Tool 7 Locate the folder to which the spectrum analyzer tool was saved and Double click on file csa jnlp to launch the tool 8 Ifa security warning window appears check the box next to I accept the risk and want to run this application 138 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS 9 Inthe security warning window click Run The spectrum analyzer interface is displayed aoa e Connected to 192 168 2 200 Start Scam 10 Click Range to configure the range of frequencies to scan 11 Click Start Scan to begin scanning Display tns average peak current and minimum power levels for the configured range Statistical display of the number of times each frequency in the range was scanned Spectrogram ee A 4 display of the Connected to 192 168 2200 stop Scan energy levels i l A detected throughout the configured range over time ePMP CAMBIUM NE
289. re Upgrade page Use the AP Software Upgrade page to update the device radio software to take advantage of new software features and improvements WN Caution Read the Release Notes associated with each software release Figure 33 AP Software Upgrade page Q Cambium st les ries 7 0 EB o amp Administrator lt Quick Search Tools gt Software Upgrade A Home Main Software g Quick Start Software Version Active Bank 2 1 RC23 Software Version Inactive Bank 2 0 2 D Configuration lt Firmware Version U Boot 9350_PX 1 1 4 4 Sep 12 2013 01 04 00 dp Monitor vea gionta Upgrade Options URL Local File L E nds k mnn Select File Browse E Software Upgrade Upgrade Backup Restore 4M eDetect GPS Firmware al Spectrum Analyzer Firmware Version AXN_1 51_2838 x 1 Fi QP Automatic Channel Selection parade Options B URL local rie A Wireless Link Test Warning GPS firmware upgrade will take more than 3 minutes and will cause a service outage during that time A Ping EI Traceroute Table 57 AP Software Upgrade attributes Attribute Meaning Main Software Software Version The current software running on the device Active Bank Software Version When the Active Bank Software current is corrupt and cannot power Inactive Bank up for 8 consecutive reboots the Inactive Software becomes the Active software and powers up the device Firmware Version Th
290. red by other copyrights Copyright c 1987 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved BR RRRR RRR ERREEE EEE RRR EERE ER REE EER EEE EEE ER RRERE EEE RRR EERE EE REE KHHKKKKEK 260 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright 1995 by Wietse Venema All rights reserved Some individual files may be covered by other copyrights This material was originally written and compiled by Wietse Venema at Eindhoven University of Technology The Netherlands in 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 and 1995 Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that this entire copyright notice is duplicated in all such copies This software is provided as is and without any expressed or implied warranties including without limitation the implied warranties of merchantibility and fitness for any particular purpose KRKKKKKKKKKKKKKKE KKK KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKKKKKEKKKKKKKKKKEKE REEK KEK tcpdump Copyright c 2001 Seth Webster lt swebster sst Il mit edu gt Copyright C Andrew Tridgell 1995 1999 Copyright c 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 2000 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved License BSD Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source
291. reless Security Change the value to RADIUS Add IP Address of your RADIUS Server in the Radius Servers table Also configure Port you may use default 1812 and Secret which has to be the same as in a fF WON SNA clients conffile 6 Click Save to keep the changes 200 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONFIGURING RADIUS PARAMETERS ON SM Figure 58 SM Radius configuration Configuration gt Security Security Options Wireless Security WPA2 WPA2 Pre shared Key RADIUS EAP TTLS Username EAP TTLS Password Authentication Identity String Authentication Identity Realm Default Root Certificate Default Canopy Root Certificate User Provisioned Root Certificate 1 User Provisioned Root Certificate 2 Firewalls Layer 2 Firewall Firewall Rules Layer 3 Firewall Firewall Rules eecccece L ePMP s L anonymous cambiumnetworks com default crt x pmp450 crt L x no certificate added no certificate added E 9 Disabled Enabled EI Back to Wide View Disabled Enabled aa Back to Wide View To configure Radius parameters on SM follow these steps aA O P gt Click Save to keep the changes Select Wireless Security as RADIUS Configure EAP TTLS Username and EAP TTLS Password as configured in file users Choose the Default Root Certificate 201 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONFIGURING MIR PROFILES To configure the MIR profiles follow these steps e Create a dictionary file with t
292. rietary notices marks labels or logos from the Software or Documentation iv rent or transfer all or some of the Software or Documentation to any other party without Cambium s prior written consent or v utilize any computer software or hardware which is designed to defeat any copy protection device should the Software and Documentation be equipped with such a protection device If the Software and Documentation is provided on multiple types of media such as diskette CD ROM downloadable internet then you will only use the medium which best meets your specific needs and will not loan rent lease or transfer the other media contained in the package without Cambium s written consent Unauthorized copying of the Software or Documentation or failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement will result in automatic termination of this license 221 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONFIDENTIALITY You acknowledge that all Software and Documentation contain valuable proprietary information and trade secrets and that unauthorized or improper use of the Software and Documentation will result in irreparable harm to Cambium Networks for which monetary damages would be inadequate and for which Cambium Networks will be entitled to immediate injunctive relief If applicable you will limit access to the Software and Documentation to those of your employees and agents who need to use the Software and Documentation for your internal business p
293. rnet port duplex mode can be forced to Full or Half 161 ePMP Spanning Tree Protocol DHCP Servers Below SM CAMBIUM NETWORKS Disabled When disabled Spanning Tree Protocol 802 1d functionality is disabled at the SM Enabled When enabled Spanning Tree Protocol 802 1d functionality is enabled at the SM allowing for the prevention of Ethernet bridge loops Disabled This blocks DHCP servers connected to the SM s LAN side from handing out IP addresses to DHCP clients above the SM wireless side Enabled This allows DHCP servers connected to the SM s LAN side to assign IP addresses to DHCP clients above the SM wireless side This configuration is typical in PTP links Ethernet Interface IP Address Internet protocol IP address This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a network Subnet Mask Defines the address range of the connected IP network For example if Device IP Address LAN is configured to 192 168 2 1 and IP Subnet Mask LAN is configured to 255 255 255 0 the device will belong to subnet 192 168 2 X Gateway Configure the IP address of a computer on the current network that acts as a gateway A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks DHCP Server Disabled Use this setting when SM is in NAT mode to use the DHCP server to hand out IP addresses to its clients Enabled Use this setting
294. rogram You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If ident
295. rt Duplex Mode Full DNS Server IP 10 120 12 30 10 120 12 31 DHCP Option 82 Disabled A T Wireless B a Bridge Table MAC Address Subscriber Module MAC Aging Timer secs Own N A system Log 00 04 56 C0 6E AE 0 S Tools 00 04 56 C0 0A C1 WLAN N A 7 00 04 56 C0 0B F6 WLAN N A 1 00 04 56 C0 0B B1 WLAN N A 1 00 04 56 C0 0B F9 WLAN N A 0 Table 55 AP Network Status page attributes Attribute Meaning Ethernet Status IP Assignment Static Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields Device IP Address LAN IP Subnet Mask LAN Gateway IP Address LAN and DNS Server IP Address LAN DHCP Device management IP addressing IP address subnet mask gateway and DNS server is assigned via a network DHCP server and parameters Device IP Address LAN IP Subnet Mask LAN Gateway IP Address LAN and DNS Server IP Address LAN are unused Ethernet Interface Up The device Ethernet interface is functioning and passing data Down The device Ethernet interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation Reset the device to reinitiate the Ethernet interface IP Address The current IP Address mode of the device static or DHCP Subnet Mask The currently configured device IP subnet mask 126 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Attribute Meaning MTU Size The currently configured Maximum Transmission Unit for the AP s Ethernet LAN interface Larger MTU configurations c
296. rt IP Assignment Static DHCP i IP Address 10 120 204 1 D Configuration gt Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 VU Radio Gateway 10 120 204 254 Qos Quality of Service Preferred DNS Server 10 120 12 30 Ka System Alternate DNS Server 10 120 12 31 om Network Ethernet MTU 1500 Z bytes min 576 max 1700 Security Ethernet Port Configuration 5 Manual Auto Negotiate Monitor Port Speed 10M 100M Z 1000M S Tools Port Duplex Mode Half Full Spanning Tree Protocol Disabled Enabled AP Management Access Interface LANOnly LAN and WLAN SM Traffic Isolation Disabled Enabled DHCP Option 82 Disabled Enabled Virtual Local Area Network VLAN Management VLAN Disabled Enabled Management VLAN ID min 1 max 4094 Management VLAN Priority min 0 max 7 Table 49 AP Network attributes Attribute Meaning General IP Assignment Static Device management IP addressing is configured manually in fields Device IP Address LAN IP Subnet Mask LAN Gateway IP Address LAN and DNS Server IP Address LAN DHCP Device management IP addressing IP address subnet mask gateway and DNS server is assigned via a network DHCP server and parameters Device IP Address LAN IP Subnet Mask LAN Gateway IP Address LAN and DNS Server IP Address LAN are unused IP Address Internet protocol IP address This address is used by the family of Internet protocols to uniquely identify this unit on a net
297. s Hereby Cambium Networks declares that the ePMP product complies with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999 5 EC The declaration of conformity may be consulted at the support website The European R amp TTE directive 1999 5 EC Certification Number is reproduced on the product label Figure 64 Figure 64 European Union certification on 5 8 GHz product label VANNINA ELN 0 P112A before connecting to AC NISHI ap eee PART NO C058900A112A ttp www cambiumnetworks com UI UI HI HI C COO N OAOO3EA005 Vin 22V 56V I Imax SOOMA CAUTION Class 2 only 3 jes j 5 8 GHz operation in the UK The ePMP connectorized product has been notified for operation in the UK and when operated in accordance with instructions for use it is compliant with UK Interface Requirement IR2007 For UK use installations must conform to the requirements of IR2007 in terms of EIRP spectral density against elevation profile above the local horizon in order to protect Fixed Satellite Services The frequency range 5795 5815 MHz is assigned to Road Transport amp Traffic Telematics RTTT in the U K and shall not be used by FWA systems in order to protect RTTT devices UK Interface Requirement IR2007 specifies that radiolocation services shall be protected by a Dynamic Frequency Selection DFS mechanism to prevent co channel operation in the presence of radar signals 307 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS THA
298. s apply to certain channels these channels are barred automatically by the use of the correct country code For example at 5 8 GHz in the UK and some other European countries the RTTT band 5795 MHz to 5815 MHz is barred With the appropriate country code configured for this region the ePMP will not operate on channels within this band The number and identity of channels barred by the license key and country code is dependent on the channel bandwidth For more information about configuring the Country Code parameter see AP Radio page on page 91 and SM Radio page on page 148 CHANNEL BANDWIDTH Select the required channel bandwidth for the link The selection depends upon the ePMP frequency variant and country code as specified on page 282 Wider a channel bandwidth greater is its capacity As narrower channel bandwidths take up lesser spectrum selecting a narrow channel bandwidth may be a better choice when operating in locations where the spectrum is very busy Both ends of the link must be configured to operate on the same channel bandwidth AVOIDANCE OF WEATHER RADARS To comply with FCC rules KDB 443999 Interim Plans to Approve UNII Devices Operating in the 5470 5725 MHz Band with Radar Detection and DFS Capabilities units which are installed within 35 km 22 miles of a Terminal Doppler Weather Radar TDWR system or have a line of sight propagation path to such a system must be configured to avoid any frequency within 30
299. s system wide on the AP and the SMs connected to it to display on the APs GUI e Collect information about interferers locally at the AP only to display on the AP s GUI Figure 35 AP eDetect page Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Cambium Device Quick Search Tools gt eDetect A tome eDetect g kk Detecting Device AP AP SMs D Confi ti Detection Duration 30 sec min 1 1 max 120 onfiguration lt k J Monitor lt S Tools Status Stopped PA Software Upgrade AP SSID Cambium AP 92 Backup Restore n eDetect Detection Results Device Instant Detecting Device Info interferers Info dl Spectrum Analyzer Health T Device MAC Device RSSI Device MCS interferers MAC e RSSI interferers Max dBm oy Automatic Channel Selection A Wireless Link Test Ww Ping E Traceroute 135 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 59 AP eDetect attributes Attribute Meaning Detecting Device AP Choosing this option will collect information about interferers local to the AP AP SMs Choosing this option collect information about interferers system wide i e interferers local to the AP as well as interferers at the SMs connected to the AP Detection Duration Configure the duration for which the AP and SMs scan for interferers PN caution During the scanning period the AP continues servicing the SMs under it and there is no outage unlike running a Spectrum Analyzer Th
300. s timer indicates the last time that the SM attempted network entry to the AP Wireless Security This field indicates the security state of the AP to SM link 180 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Network page Use the SM Network page to reference key information about the device network status Figure 49 SM Network page Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Subscriber Module Quick Search Monitor gt Network rat Home Ethernet Status Wireless Status Ethernet Interface Up Wireless IP Assignment static E Quick Start IP Address 10 1 1 100 Wireless Interface Up D configuration Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 IP Address 10 120 204 2 J Monitor MTU Size 1500 bytes Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Port Speed N A A Performance Network Status Port Duplex Mode N A w System Network Mode NAT Default Gateway 10 120 204 254 gt Wireless DNS Server IP 10 120 12 30 10 120 12 31 8 Network PPPoE Mode Disabled DHCP Lease Time 24 hours System Log a Tools Bridge Table inan MAC Address Port Aging Timer secs Table 74 SM Network page attributes Attribute Meaning Ethernet Status Ethernet Interface Up The device Ethernet interface is functioning and passing data Down The device Ethernet interface has encountered an error disallowing full operation Reset the device to reinitiate the Ethernet interface IP Address The current IP Address mode of the device static or DHCP Subnet Mask The currently configured device IP
301. sible roles e ADMINISTRATOR default username password admin who has full read and write permission s INSTALLER default username password installer who has permission to read and write parameters applicable to unit installation and monitoring e HOME default username password home who has permission only to access pertinent information for support purposes e READONLY default username password readonly who has permission to only view the Monitor page SNMP The management agent supports fault and performance management by means of an SNMP interface The management agent is compatible with SNMP v2c using one Management Information Base MIB file which is available for download from the Cambium Networks Support website https support cambiumnetworks com files epmp NETWORK TIME PROTOCOL NTP The clock supplies accurate date and time information to the system It can be set to run with or without a connection to a network time server NTP It can be configured to display local time by setting the time zone and daylight saving in the Time web page If an NTP server connection is available the clock can be set to synchronize with the server time at regular intervals ePMP devices may receive NTP data from a CMM3 or CMM4 module or an NTP server configured in the system s management network The Time Zone option is configurable on the AP s Configure gt System page and may be used to offset t
302. sistance contact the reseller or distributor Ww Caution Do not open the radio housing for repair or diagnostics there are no serviceable parts within the housing Portions of Cambium equipment may be damaged from exposure to electrostatic discharge Use precautions to prevent damage ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Security advice Cambium Networks systems and equipment provide security parameters that can be configured by the operator based on their particular operating environment Cambium recommends setting and using these parameters following industry recognized security practices Security aspects to be considered are protecting the confidentiality integrity and availability of information and assets Assets include the ability to communicate information about the nature of the communications and information about the parties involved In certain instances Cambium makes specific recommendations regarding security practices however the implementation of these recommendations and final responsibility for the security of the system lies with the operator of the system Cambium Networks ePMP equipment is shipped with default web management interface login credentials It is highly recommended that these usernames and passwords are modified prior to system deployment 15 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Warnings cautions and notes The following describes how warnings and cautions are used in this document and in all documents of th
303. ss ss sees esec e e eee ee ee 83 Configuring SM units using the Quick Start menu sss sees sese sese esse s sees eee eee 86 Using the AP menu options sss sss sese esse esse esse eee ennenen ennenen 89 AP Configure TAG sccacecchacexedcreunreddvatanedaxananeddtacetedatanaradanseenapinedduisaedenseeddindendaceastddaueas 90 AP Monitor MO NU iii cscs cssedcaveaseccdieosedeadvesegec cetedeadvave cau deesvaue den uetadecdvabecausuetadeeUuaiegcienencevs 115 AP TOOS MENU keereeere perce rrerer eter prrertrer rete rr a reste er crrceererer er eter rerrerere rrr rrreerrrr re err ree 129 Using the SM menu options sivienesscisvivsveninnscvcvevvvuvandiascoreavsvriersncodvessvsvexivivannedevusaraniie 146 SM C nfig ration Men sass costs oc assess casos o A 147 SM M nit r MEM seu cencsecustaccaatsncacecuatansdsleeaadeaustnadastusiad unc EREKE NAAA AN ENEAN ERANA NA 172 SM MOONS Men cc escacscesct sede nceesesesGocebcncatscatasd escheat accu pasbantaealoansdsnssandavasaunshensaaneatelaasadaeds 185 Radius Servet isisisi iaaa a aaae meena 198 Installing Free radius on Ubuntu 12 04 LTS sss sees 198 Configuring Free radius Server sees eee eee eee eee 198 Configuring radius parameters ON AP sss 200 Configuring radius parameters ON SM sese eee eee eee 201 Configuring MIR oroniles nnn nnn nnan nnn Annn Annn Ennn Ennn nnana 202 Creating certificate for Radius server and SM device sss 203 Operation and Troubleshooting sss sese eeeess sese eee 208 General Planni
304. st radio path e People are a safe distance away from the equipment when it is radiating The safe separation distances are defined in Calculated distances and power compliance margins on page 275 e The equipment is lower than the top of the supporting structure tower mast or building or its lightning air terminal e The location is not subjected to excessive wind loading For more information see Un synced connectorized Radio wind loading on page 52 51 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS UN SYNCED CONNECTORIZED RADIO WIND LOADING Ensure that the device and the structure on which it is mounted are capable of withstanding the prevalent wind speeds at a proposed ePMP site Wind speed statistics must be available from national meteorological offices The device and its mounting bracket are capable of withstanding wind speeds of up to 190 kph 118 mph Wind speeds on the device subjects the mounting structure to significant lateral force The magnitude of the force depends on both the wind strength and surface area of the device Wind loading is estimated using the following formulae Force in kilograms 0 1045aV Where Is a surface area in square meters V wind speed in meters per second Force in pounds 0 0042Av Where Is A surface area in square feet v wind speed in miles per hour Applying these formulae to the ePMP device at different wind speeds the resulting wind loadings are shown in Table 25 and Table 26 Table 25 Un
305. supply hardware part numbers and specifications are described under Power supply on page 54 The AP antenna and part numbers are described under Connectorized module antennas and antenna cabling on page 39 Cable standards and lengths are described under Ethernet cabling on page 57 Surge suppression requirements and recommendations are described under Surge Suppression unit on page 58 29 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Site planning Conduct a site survey to ensure that the proposed AP and SM sites meet the requirements defined in this section SITE INSTALLATION An ePMP site typically consists of a high supporting structure such as a mast tower or building for the AP or SM There is only one Ethernet interface a copper Cat5e connection from the AP or SM to the AP SM power supply and network terminating equipment If a 1000 Base TX Gigabit Ethernet connection is required at the AP ensure that power supply N000900L001A is utilized GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION Structures equipment and people must be protected against power surges typically caused by lightning by conducting the surge current to ground via a separate preferential solid path The actual degree of protection required depends on local conditions and applicable local regulations To adequately protect an ePMP installation both ground bonding and transient voltage surge suppression are required PN Warning Electro magnetic discharge lightning damage is n
306. sync source must have the Frequency Reuse Back ON ii Ifthe AP with CMM3 sync source has Frequency Reuse Mode set to Off then the other AP with onboard GPS or CMM4 sync source must have Frequency Reuse Mode set to Off Alternate Frequency Carrier 1 Channel Bandwidth Configure the first channel bandwidth configuration that will be used for RF transmission if DFS detection causes the radio to switch from using the channel bandwidth configured in Channel Bandwidth Alternate Frequency Carrier 1 Configure the first frequency that will be used for RF transmission if DFS detection causes the radio to switch from using the frequency configured in Frequency Carrier It is important to set this frequency also in the SM Scan List Alternate Frequency Carrier 2 Channel Bandwidth Alternate Frequency Carrier 2 Configure the second channel bandwidth configuration that will be used for RF transmission if DFS detection causes the radio to switch from using the channel bandwidth configured in Channel Bandwidth Configure the second frequency that is used for RF transmission if DFS detection causes the radio to switch from using the frequencies configured in Frequency Carrier and DFS Alternate Frequency Carrier 1 It is important to set this frequency also in the SM Scan List 97 ePMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Point to Point Access Off The system is configured to operate in PMP mode i e
307. t Forwarding Port Forwarding The SM port forwarding functionality may be used to configure the SM to route external network services to an internal IP address so that end devices situated below the SM are reachable from external networks Ww Caution Opening ports for forwarding may introduce a network security risk Ports The Port Forwarding Table is used to define which range of wireless ports are forwarded to which LAN SM local network IP addresses Protocol UDP Packet forwarding decisions are based on UDP packets TCP Packet forwarding decisions are based on TCP packets Wireless Port Begin Configure the beginning of the range of wireless ports to match for forwarding to LAN IP Wireless Port End Configure the end of the range of wireless ports to match for forwarding to LAN IP Ethernet IP Configure the LAN IP of the device situated below the SM which receives the packets forwarded based on the Port Forwarding Table configuration Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPoE PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet Used for Encapsulating PPP frames inside Ethernet frames Service Name An optional entry to set a specific service name to connect to for the PPPoE session If this is left blank the SM accepts the first service option that comes back from the Access Concentrator specified below if any This is limited to 32 characters Access Concentrator An
308. t Packets Link Quality Uplink Link Capacity Uplink 15 47 0 Uplink Packets per MCS MCSO MCS 1 MCS 2 MCS 3 MCS 3 MG 5 MG 6 MCS7 MCS 8 MCS 9 MCS 10 MCS 11 MCS 12 MCS 13 MCS 14 MCS 15 13214 kbits 10199 0 0 2702 kbits 283 4572 OKbits 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 173 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 71 SM Performance attributes Attribute Meaning Time Since Last Reset Time since the stats were last reset Reset Stats Resets all statistics for both Ethernet and Wireless Ethernet Statistics Transmitted Total Traffic Total amount of traffic in Kbits transferred from the SM s Ethernet interface Total Packets Packet Errors Packet Drops Total number of packets transferred from the SM s Ethernet interface Total number of packets transmitted out of the SM s Ethernet interface with errors due to collisions CRC errors or irregular packet size Total number of packets dropped prior to sending out of the SM s Ethernet interface due to Ethernet setup or filtering issues Multicast Broadcast Traffic Total amount of multicast and broadcast traffic in Kbits sent via the SM s Ethernet interface Broadcast Packets Total number of broadcast packets sent via the SM s Ethernet interface Multicast Packets Total number of multicast packets sent via
309. t ipaddress gt is the IP address of the AP or SM under test If the computer is running a MAC operating system this is achieved by typing ping c 1000 s 1492 lt ipaddress gt where lt ipaddress gt is the IP address of the AP SM under test 6 Record how many Ping packets are lost This is reported by Command Prompt on completion of the test The test has passed if the number of lost packets is less than 2 214 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Troubleshooting the radio link This section describes how to test the link when there is no radio communication when it is unreliable or when the data throughput rate is too low It may be necessary to test both the AP and the SM MODULE HAS LOST OR DOES NOT ESTABLISH RADIO CONNECTIVITY If there is no wireless activity follow this Procedure 1 10 11 12 13 Check that the AP and SMs are configured with the same Frequency Carrier Also if operating in a region where DFS is required ensure that the SM s Frequency Carrier List contains the frequencies configured in the AP s DFS Alternate Frequency Carrier 1 and DFS Alternate Frequency Carrier 2 fields Check that the Channel Bandwidth is configured the same at the AP and at the SM On the AP verify that the Max Range setting is configured to a distance slightly greater than the distance between the AP and the furthest SM that must register to the AP Check that the AP s Synchronization Source is configured properly based
310. t is not allowed to cause interference to licensed services called primary users of the bands Radar avoidance In countries where radar systems are the primary band users the regulators have mandated special requirements to protect these systems from interference caused by unlicensed devices Unlicensed devices must detect and avoid co channel operation with radar systems The ePMP provides detect and avoid functionality for countries and frequency bands requiring protection for radar systems Installers and users must meet all local regulatory requirements for radar detection To meet these requirements users must set the correct country code during commissioning of the ePMP equipment If this is not done installers and users may be liable to civil and criminal penalties Contact the Cambium helpdesk if more guidance is required USA and Canada specific information The USA Federal Communications Commission FCC has asked manufacturers to implement special features to prevent interference to weather radar systems that operate in the band 5600 MHz to 5650 MHz These features must be implemented in all products able to operate outdoors in the band 5470 MHz to 5725 MHz Manufacturers must ensure that such radio products cannot be configured to operate outside of FCC rules specifically it must not be possible to disable or modify the radar protection functions that have been demonstrated to the FCC In order to comply with these FCC req
311. t org gt This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2 1 as published by the Free Software Foundation This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details ucimap example sample code for the ucimap library Copyright C 2008 2009 Felix Fietkau lt nbd openwrt org gt This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details See full license text on page 234 264 e PMP udevtigger CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright C 2003 Greg Kroah Hartman lt greg kroah com gt Copyright C 2005 2006 Kay Sievers lt kay sievers vrfy org gt Copyright C 2004 Daniel Walsh Copyright C 2004 Ling Xiaofeng lt xiaofeng ling intel com gt Copyright C 2006 Hannes Reinecke hare suse de Copyright C 2005 2006 Kay Sievers lt kay sievers vrfy org gt
312. t receive any power change information in the Group Poll Frame SM calculates the UL transmit power based on path loss calculations only Closed Loop In closed loop UL power control Subscriber Module will get the AP actual transmit power of beacon frame and SM Target Received Power Level in the beacon Based on these two values SM calculates the path loss Based on path loss and TRL values it calculates it s transmit power such that the signal from SM arrives at AP at the configured target level Path loss calculation will be updated by SM every time there is a change in values of AP actual TX power or TRL in the Beacon Up The radio LAN interface is functioning properly Down The radio LAN interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic Wireless Interface Up The radio WAN interface is functioning properly Down The radio WAN interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic Current Country The current code the SM is operating under Time since last scan Amount of time elapsed since the last scan was completed by the SM for available APs Connection Status The current registration status of the SM Available APs The Available AP List may be referenced to view which APs are available for SM network entry and also to view the status of the current AP to SM radio link SSID The SSID of the visible AP MAC The MAC address of the visible AP Frequency
313. t source in m Rearranging terms to solve for distance yields ja E 42 8 Calculated distances and power compliance margins The calculated minimum separation distances recommended distances and resulting margins for each frequency band and antenna combination is shown in Table 87 Table 88 Table 89 Table 91 Table 92 Table 93 and Table 94 These are conservative distances that include compliance margins At these and greater separation distances the power density from the RF field is below generally accepted limits for the general population Explanation of terms used in Table 87 Table 88 Table 89 Table 91 Table 92 Table 93 and Table 94 Tx burst maximum average transmit power in burst Watt P maximum average transmit power capability of the radio Watt G total transmit gain as a factor converted from dB S power density W m d minimum distance from point source meters R recommended distances meters C compliance factor 275 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 87 Power compliance margins 5 1 GHz AP Conn Channel An P G S d R C c ntenna Type Bandwidth W W m m m PMP 5 10 MHz Connectorized Omni 3 dBi 0 063 2 0 10 0 03 0 1 99 8 Connectorized Sector Array PMP 5 10 MHz 16 dBi 0 032 39 8 10 0 10 03 89 8 Connectorized Patch Panel PTP 5 10 MHz Array 23 dBi 0 010 199 5 10 0 13 0 3 56 7 PTP 5 10 MHz Connectorized Dish 30 dBi 0 002 1000 0 10 0 13 0 3 56 7 PMP 20 40 M
314. t this parameter on all other APs in the cluster and in range exactly the same Otherwise overlapping RF transmissions will introduce system interference Configure the channel size used by the radio for RF transmission This Bandwidth value must match between the AP and SMs Frequency Carrier Configure the frequency carrier for RF transmission This list is dynamically adjusted to the regional restrictions based on the setting of the Country Code parameter 93 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning Frequency Reuse The Frequency Reuse Mode parameter allows operators to define which APs are co located or within radio range with other APs This definition results in an automatic radio network modification such that self interference is reduced amongst the co located sectors A network in which two frequencies F1 and F2 are reused throughout the deployment in shown in Figure 19 Figure 19 Frequency reuse deployment The set of APs to configure the Frequency Reuse Mode option on is dependent on the GPS synchronization sources in the whole network CMM3 CMM4 or onboard GPS GUI options are GPS or CMM The GPS sync source is the same on all APs or is a combination of onboard GPS and CMM4 In this configuration the GPS synchronization source in the whole network is one of the following 1 onboard GPS or 2 CMM4 or 3 CMM3 or 4 Mix of onboard GPS and CMM4
315. tallation guidelines for the ePMP can be found in section System planning on page 60 Training The installer needs to have basic competence in radio and IP network installation The specific requirements applicable to the ePMP must be gained by reading this user guide and by performing sample set ups at base workshop before live deployments ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Contents Safety and regulatory information sss sees s esec s esec esec 3 Important safety nTforrmatiOn sss eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 3 Important regulatory Informations sese sese ee eee eee eee eee eee eee 4 CONteEMtS casas disits ntecaedeses dein ceacecadccwesanccrdaneedectedaaesiaavexetancaacesidunaelseieiadenteceekecssnaniesbeeneadss 6 About This User eiS H 11 EITS 1 Has Te anns lt T s isicssacncesienadnciaicstesinensienssiasiaicarsaansicnnnisiauaanscandcasncsesicnce AAEE EE NAAA EA 12 V rsion Inform atiOM sesser 2952 ac iRdK acid YRZ aci RETS xe N X aN TEE o 12 Contaeting Cambium NeW OFKR ss gssssgssggssygzsggssggsg gass gasas ygss gosa lias AARAA 12 Problems and warranty sss esse sees sees ees cesse seene ennenen 14 Security Te UT siciasdicccsselasiseincdvannavsswdeavedevevacavacensvidudveanauvinnaveredesaudentanaannedavesdebueineveiseavs 15 Warnings CAUTIONS and le eisissiivesscnsicussssziatsstescavacasaisiveantxecesusuentassuncasesieauandedeweanecdns 16 Caring for the environment svciseccisseenssvensacessntnsnsaninsecsdsnnesiecsasteusaabsratcedssndonsannsanoaneend
316. tandards on page 273 It also describes how to keep RF exposure within safe limits How ePMP complies with the radio regulations that are enforced in various countries is explained in Compliance with radio regulations on page 281 Compliance with the radio regulations that are enforced in various regions is explained under Notifications on page 297 Tables and graphs to support calculation of the data rate capacity that can be provided by ePMP configurations are available at Data throughput tables on page 309 For more information on configuring and operating the wireless link see The configuration parameters of the ePMP devices described under Configuration on page 68 Post installation procedures and troubleshooting tips explained under Operation and Troubleshooting on page 208 24 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS System management This section introduces the ePMP management system including the web interface installation alerts and upgrades configuration and management software MANAGEMENT AGENT ePMP equipment is managed through an embedded management agent Management workstations network management systems or PCs can be connected to this agent using the module s Ethernet port or over the air SM The management agent supports the following interfaces e Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP e Hypertext Transfer Protocol secure HTTPs e Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP e Network Time Protocol NTP e System logg
317. tart D configuration J monitor F Tos Backup Restore 409 eDetect dl Spectrum Analyzer A Wireless Link Test gt Ping tf Traceroute 5GHz Station1 L bindi Upgrade Software Upgrade Sacre ode TT T Tools gt Software Upgrade Main Software Software Version 2 1 RC25 Firmware Version U Boot 9344_PX 1 1 4 a Aug 21 2013 21 05 58 Upgrade Options URL Local File Select File Browse Table 76 SM Software Upgrade attributes Attribute Meaning Software Version The current operating software version Firmware Version The current operating U Boot version Upgrade Options Select File From URL A webserver may be used to retrieve software upgrade packages downloaded to the device via the webserver For example if a webserver is running at IP address 192 168 2 1 and the software upgrade packages are located in the home directory an operator may select option From URL and configure the Software Upgrade Source Info field to http 192 168 2 1 lt software_upgrade_package gt From Local File Click Browse to select the local file containing the software upgrade package Click Browse to select a local file located on the device accessing the web management interface for upgrading the device software 186 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS To upgrade the device software follow this Procedure 1 Download the software upgrade packages from https support cambiumnetworks
318. te with greater efficiency but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error 166 ePMP Ethernet Port Configuration Port Speed CAMBIUM NETWORKS Disabled When disabled the LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode can be manually configured Enabled When enabled the AP will auto negotiate the LAN Ethernet port speed and duplex mode with the device connected to it With Ethernet Port Configuration disabled the LAN Ethernet port speed can be forced to 1000 Mbps 100 Mbps or 10 Mbps Port Duplex Mode With Ethernet Port Configuration disabled the LAN Ethernet port duplex mode can be forced to Full or Half Spanning Tree Protocol Disabled When disabled Spanning Tree Protocol 802 1d functionality is disabled at the SM Enabled When enabled Spanning Tree Protocol 802 1d functionality is enabled at the SM allowing for the prevention of Ethernet bridge loops DHCP Servers Below SM Disabled DHCP server will not hand out IP addresses to its clients Enabled SM s local onboard DHCP server is used to hand out IP addresses to its clients Virtual Local Area Network VLAN Management VLAN Enabled The SM management interface can be assigned to a Management VLAN to separate management traffic remote module management via SNMP or HTTP from user traffic such as internet browsing voice o
319. ten by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Original SSLeay License Copyright C 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com All rights reserved This package is an SSL implementation written 257 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution be it the RC4 RSA Ihash DES etc code not just the SSL code The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Copyright remains Eric Young s and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed If this package is used in a product Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation online or textual provided with the package Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice
320. ter display may be toggled using the visibility icon Disabled The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface The administrator user level cannot be disabled Enabled The user is granted access to the device management interface Read only listing of available login levels HOME USER permissions only to access pertinent information for support purposes READONLY permissions only to view the Monitor page 157 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Attribute Meaning Home User Configure a custom password configuration for each user to secure the Password device The password character display may be toggled using the Read Only Account Read only Username Read only Password visibility icon Disabled The disabled user is not granted access to the device management interface The administrator user level cannot be disabled Enabled The user is granted access to the device management interface READONLY permissions only to view the Monitor page Configure a custom password configuration for each user to secure the device Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP Read only Community String Specify a community string that allows a Network Management Station NMS such as the Cambium Networks Services Server CNSS to read SNMP information No spaces are allowed in this string This password will never authenticate an SNMP user or an NMS to read write access The SNMP Read only Com
321. terchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or 237 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place th
322. tered This allows you to determine the throughput that can be expected on a particular link without having to use external tools Figure 54 SM Wireless Link Test page Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 5GHz Station1 Disk Senh Tools gt Wireless Link Test A Home Test Setup K Quick Start AP MAC Address 00 04 56 C3 12 AC Packet Size Small 128 bytes D Configuration s Medium 800 bytes dp Monitor Large 1500 bytes Duration seconds 10 seconds 20 seconds S Tools Start Test F Software Upgrade Downlink o Backup Restore Uplink 49 eDetect al Spectrum Analyzer WS Ping it Traceroute Table 79 SM Wireless Link Test attributes Attribute Meaning Test Setup AP MAC Address This is not an editable field It is automatically populated with the wireless MAC address of the AP to which the SM is registered Packet Size Choose the Packet Size to use for the throughput test Duration Choose the time duration in seconds to use for the throughput test Downlink This field indicates the result of the throughput test on the downlink in Mbps Uplink This field indicates the result of the throughput test on the uplink in Mbps 195 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM Ping page Use the SM Ping page to conduct a simple test of SM IP connectivity to other devices which are reachable from the network If no ping response is received or if Destination Host Unreachable is reported the target
323. termines the frequencies for which the SM scans for AP signaling For a simple radio network setup click Select All to scan all frequencies Click the Save icon then click the Reset icon 88 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Using the AP menu options Use the menu navigation bar in the top and left panels to navigate to each web page The functional areas that may be accessed from each menu option are listed in Table 45 Some of the parameters are only displayed for specific system configurations Table 45 Functional areas accessed from each menu option Menu option Menu Details Quick Start Configuring connectorized radios using the Quick Start menu on page 83 Configure AP Configure menu on page 90 Radio AP Radio page on page 91 Quality of Service AP Quality of Service page on page 101 System AP System page on page 104 Network AP Network page on page 109 Security AP Security page on page 113 Monitor AP Monitor menu on page 115 Performance AP Performance page on page 116 System AP System page on page 120 Wireless AP Wireless page on page 122 GPS AP GPS page on page 124 Network AP Network page on page 126 System Log AP System Log page on page 128 Tools AP Tools menu on page 129 Software Upgrade AP Software Upgrade page on page 130 Backup Restore AP Backup Restore page on page 132 eDetect AP eDetect page on page 135 Spectrum Analyzer AP Spectrum Analyzer page on
324. th Indicator which is a measurement of the interferer s power level being received by the device s antenna Interferers MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme indicates the modulation mode used by the interferer based on radio conditions MCS 1 15 136 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS da Note The system is operational when the eDetect tool is initiated The detection is done during the transmission period within the TDD frame And it is possible that the AP detects another AP on its back sector as an interferer when it is using the same frequency carrier in a GPS Synchronized system Also since the detection happens when the system is operational there may be a negligible degradation in overall sector throughput when run from the AP 137 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Spectrum Analyzer page Use the AP Spectrum Analyzer page download the spectrum analyzer tool To download the spectrum analyzer tool the AP Device Mode must be set to Spectrum Analyzer Java Runtime Environment is required to run the AP spectrum analyzer PN caution Conducting spectrum analysis causes the AP to enter scan mode and the AP drops all RF connections Vary the days and times when you analyze the spectrum in an area The RF environment can change throughout the day or throughout the week To conduct a spectrum analysis follow this Required Software e Java Run time Environment JRE Procedure 1 On the AP GUI navigate to Configu
325. that the installation time is extended by at least 60 seconds even if there is found to be no radar on the channel There is a secondary requirement for bands requiring radar avoidance Regulators have mandated that products provide a uniform loading of the spectrum across all devices In general this prevents operation with fixed frequency allocations However e ETSI regulations do allow frequency planning of networks as that has the same effect of spreading the load across the spectrum e The FCC does allow channels to be avoided if there is actually interference on them Ads Note When operating in a region which requires DFS ensure that the AP is configured with alternate frequencies and that the SM is configured to scan for these frequencies to avoid long outages ENCRYPTION The ePMP supports optional encryption for data transmitted over the wireless link The encryption algorithm used is the Advanced Encryption Standard AES with 128 bit key size AES is a symmetric encryption algorithm approved by U S Government organizations and others to protect sensitive information COUNTRY CODES Some aspects of wireless operation are controlled enforced or restricted according to a country code ePMP country codes represent individual countries for example Denmark or regulatory regions for example FCC or ETSI Country codes affect the following aspects of wireless operation e Maximum transmit power e Radar avoidance
326. the default certificates is needed User Provisioned Root Certificate 2 Import a second user certificate if a certificate different from the default or 1 user provisioned certificate is needed Firewalls Layer 2 Firewall Enabled Modifications to the Layer 2 Firewall Table are allowed and rules are enforced Disabled Modifications to the Layer 2 Firewall Table are not allowed and rules are not enforced Firewall Rules Assign a logical name to the firewall rule based on the intended rule operation i e Deny all WLAN traffic from VLAN ID 100 170 ePMP Layer 3 Firewall Firewall Rules CAMBIUM NETWORKS Enabled Modifications to the Layer 3 Firewall Table are allowed and rules are enforced Disabled Modifications to the Layer 3 Firewall Table are not allowed and rules are not enforced Assign a logical name to the firewall rule based on the intended rule operation i e Deny all WLAN traffic from Src IP 192 168 2 111 171 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM MONITOR MENU Use the Monitor menu to access device and network statistics and status information This section may be used to analyze and troubleshoot network performance and operation The Monitor menu contains the following pages e SM Performance page on page 173 e SM System page on page 176 e SM Wireless page on page 178 e SM Network page on page 181 e SM System Log page on page 184 172 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS
327. the express consent of the party responsible for compliance Any such modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment and will void the manufacturer s warranty The following topics are described in this chapter Cambium Networks end user license agreement on page 220 Hardware warranty on page 270 Limit of liability on page 271 Compliance with safety standards on page 273 lists the safety specifications against which the ePMP has been tested and certified It also describes how to keep RF exposure within safe limits Compliance with radio regulations on page 278 describes how the ePMP complies with the radio regulations that are enforced in various countries Notifications on page 297 contain notes made to regulatory bodies for the ePMP Data throughput tables on page 309 contain tables and graphs to support calculation of the data rate capacity that can be provided by ePMP configurations 219 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Cambium Networks end user license agreement ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT In connection with Cambium Networks delivery of certain proprietary software or products containing embedded or pre loaded proprietary software or both Cambium Networks is willing to license this certain proprietary software and the accompanying documentation to you only on the condition that you accept all the terms in this End User License Agreement Agreement IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEM
328. tion or disclosure of the Products is subject to the restricted rights set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 OCT 1988 if applicable Software and Documentation may or may not include a Restricted Rights notice or other notice referring specifically to the terms and conditions of this Agreement The terms and conditions of this Agreement will each continue to apply but only to the extent that such terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the rights provided to you under the aforementioned provisions of the FAR and DFARS as applicable to the particular procuring agency and procurement transaction 223 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS TERM OF LICENSE Your right to use the Software will continue in perpetuity unless terminated as follows Your right to use the Software will terminate immediately without notice upon a breach of this Agreement by you Within 30 days after termination of this Agreement you will certify to Cambium Networks in writing that through your best efforts and to the best of your knowledge the original and all copies in whole or in part in any form of the Software and all related material and Documentation have been destroyed except that with prior written consent from Cambium Networks you may retain one copy for archival or backup purposes You may not sublicense assign or transfer the license or the Product except as expressly provide
329. to Factory Defaults Reset dl Spectrum Analyzer A Wireless Link Test Eol Ping i Traceroute 188 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 77 SM Backup Restore attributes Attribute Meaning Backup Configuration Configuration File Text Editable Choosing this option will download the configuration file Format in the json format and can be viewed and or edited using a standard text editor Binary Secured Choosing this option will download the configuration file in the bin format and cannot be viewed and or edited using an editor Use this format for a secure backup Restore Configuration Select File Click Browse to select a local file located on the device accessing the web management interface for restoring the device configuration Factory Default Configuration Reset to Factory Use this button to reset the device to its factory default configuration Defaults 4h Caution A reset to factory default configuration resets all device parameters With the SMs in default configuration it may not be able to register to an AP configured for your network 189 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS SM eDetect page The eDetect tool is used to measure the 802 11 interference at the ePMP radio or system when run from the AP on the current operating channel When the tool is run the ePMP device processes all frames received from devices not connected to the ePMP system and collects the interfering frame s informat
330. to successfully demodulate a given modulation mode Although the more complex modulations such as 640AM will transport data at a much higher rate than the less complex modulation modes the receiver requires a much higher signal to noise ratio The ePMP series provides an adaptive modulation scheme where the receiver constantly monitors the quality of the received signal and notifies the far end of the link of the optimum modulation mode with which to transmit In this way optimum capacity is achieved at all times MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output MIMO technique provides protection against fading and increases the probability of a received decoded signal to be usable The ePMP transmits two signals on the same radio frequency one of which is 90 degrees offset from the other 21 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS RADAR AVOIDANCE In regions where protection of radars is part of the local regulations the ePMP must detect interference from radar like systems and avoid co channel operation with these systems To meet this requirement the ePMP implements the following features e The equipment can only transmit on available channels of which there are none at initial power up The radar detection algorithm will always scan a usable channel for 60 seconds for radar interference before making the channel an available channel e This compulsory channel scan will mean that there is at least 60 seconds service outage every time radar is detected and
331. tribute distribute with modifications sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name s of the above copyright holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization Copyright 1989 1991 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University Net snmp Derivative Work 1996 1998 2000 Copyright 1996 1998 2000 The Regents of the University of California Networks Associates Technology Inc copyright notice BSD Copyright c 2001 2003 Networks Associates Technology Inc Cambridge Broadband Ltd copyright notice BSD Portions of this code are copyright c 2001 2003 Cambridge Broadband Ltd Copyright 2003 Sun Microsystems Inc 415
332. ts of the ePMP PURPOSE Cambium ePMP Series products are designed for Ethernet bridging over point to multipoint microwave links in the unlicensed 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz bands Users must ensure that the ePMP Series complies with local operating regulations The ePMP Series acts as a transparent bridge between two segments of the operator and customers networks In this sense it can be treated as a virtual wired connection between the Access Point and the Subscriber Module The ePMP Series forwards 802 3 Ethernet packets destined for the other part of the network and filters packets it does not need to forward KEY FEATURES The ePMP is a high performance wireless bridge for Ethernet traffic with a maximum UDP throughput of 200 Mbps 40 MHz Channel Bandwidth It is capable of operating in line of sight LOS and near LOS conditions Its maximum LOS range is 13 mi 20 MHz channel bandwidth or 9 mi 40 MHz channel bandwidth Utilizing GPS sync the ePMP is an ideal fit for networks that require capacity and reliability for superior QoS in remote and underserved areas The integrated PTP and PMP solution features an efficient GPS synchronized operational mode that permits highly scalable frequency reuse The ePMP operates in the unlicensed 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz bands and supports a channel bandwidth of up to 40 MHz It is available with an integrated antenna or in connectorized version for use with an external antenna The wireless link is prim
333. ttribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning GPS Firmware version On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field indicates the current firmware version of the on board GPS chip Satellites Tracked On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field indicates the number of satellites current tracked by the on board GPS chip Satellites Visible On a GPS Synchronized ePMP radio the field indicates the number of satellites visible to the on board GPS chip Satellites The Satellites table provides information about each satellite that is visible or tracked along with the Satellite ID and Signal to Noise Ratio SNR of the satellite ID Represents the Satellite ID Signal to Noise Ratio Status This is an expression of the carrier signal quality with respect to signal noise Status of each Satellite available 125 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Network page Use the AP Network Status page to reference key information about the device network status Figure 31 AP Network Status page Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 Cambium Device Access Point Quick Search Monitor gt Network A Home Ethernet Status Wireless Status IP Assignment Static Wireless Interface Up Z Quick Start Ethernet Interface Up IP Address D configuration IP Address 10 120 204 1 Subnet Mask J Monitor Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 MTU Size 1500 bytes Network Status A Performance Port Speed 1000 Mbps Default Gateway 10 120 204 254 w System Po
334. twork Services Server The software packages applicable to ePMP connectorized radios are named e ePMP GPS_Synced v2 1 tar gz 38 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Connectorized module antennas and antenna cabling Connectorized modules require external antennas connected using RF cable included with Cambium ePMP sector antennas For details of the antennas and accessories required for a connectorized ePMP installation see e Antenna requirements on page 39 e FCC and IC approved antennas on page 39 ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS For connectorized units operating in the USA or Canada 2 4 GHz 5 2 GHz 5 4 GHz or 5 8 GHz bands choose external antennas from those listed in FCC and IC approved antennas on page 39 For installations in other countries the listed antennas are advisory not mandatory FCC AND IC APPROVED ANTENNAS For connectorized units operating in the USA or Canada choose external antennas from Table 10 These are approved by the FCC for use with the product and are constrained by the following limits e 5 GHz 15 dBi gain e 2 4 GHz 15 dBi gain DNS caution Using other than approved antennas may cause measurements higher than reported for certification IN caution This radio transmitter IC certification number 109W 0005 has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated Antenna types not incl
335. uded in this list having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type are strictly prohibited for use with this device Le pr sent metteur radio Num ro de certification IC 109W 0005 a t approuv par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d antenne num r s ci dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l imp dance requise pour chaque type d antenne Les types d antenne non inclus dans cette liste ou dont le gain est sup rieur au gain maximal indiqu sont strictement interdits pour l exploitation de l metteur Table 10 Allowed antennas for deployment in USA Canada Cambium part Antenna Type Gain dBi number C050900D003A 5 GHz Sector Antenna 90 degree 15 C050900D002A 5 GHz Sector Antenna 120 degree 15 C024900D004A 2 4 GHz Sector Antenna 90 120 degree 15 39 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Integrated Module For details of the ePMP integrated hardware see e Integrated Module description on page 40 e Integrated Module part numbers on page 41 e Integrated Module mounting bracket on page 41 e Integrated Module interfaces on page 42 e Integrated Module specifications on page 43 e Integrated Module heater on page 44 e Integrated Module wind loading on page 44 e Integrated Module software packages on page 45 INTEGRATED MODULE DESCRIPTION Figure 6 ePMP Series Integrated Radio The integrated module is a self contained transceiver unit that houses b
336. uency for d Power EIRP Power DFS g 20 MHz Band 40 MHz Band 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Other 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 30 None 5735 to 5840 5745 to 5830 Peru 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 None er 5740 to 5810 5750 to 5800 Philippines 5725 5825 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 30 No 5735 to 5865 5745 to 5855 Portugal 5725 5875 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 ETSI 36 for PMP 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 AP No limit Puerto Rico 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 for other None modes l 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Russia 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None 5735 to 5865 5745 to 5855 Serbia 5725 5875 avan 5 MRS every 5 MHz 23 36 ETSI 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 Seychelles 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 ETSI 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 Singapore 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 30 ETSI 5735 to 5840 5745 to 5830 South Africa 5725 5850 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 36 No 5740 to 5810 5750 to 5800 South Korea 5725 5825 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 30 No 5735 to 5785 5745 to 5775 5725 5795 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz Spain 5815 5855 5825105845 5835105835 S oe Efe every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 5735 to 5785 5745 to 5775 S 5725 5795 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz Switzerland 6a15 5875 5825to5865 5835to5855 22 e Eral every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 36 for PMP x 5740 to 5835 5750 to 5825 AP No limit Tawan SE every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 2a for other Mone modes Sips 5735 to 5970 5745 to 5960 Tajikistan 5725 5980 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 23 None
337. uirements Cambium supplies variants of the ePMP for operation in the USA or Canada These variants are only allowed to operate with license keys and country codes that comply with FCC IC rules In particular operation of radio channels overlapping the band 5600 5650 MHZ is not allowed and these channels are permanently barred In addition other channels may also need to be barred when operating close to weather radar installations A aa Note To ensure compliance with FCC rules KDB 443999 Interim Plans to Approve UNII Devices Operating in the 5470 5725 MHz Band with Radar Detection and DFS Capabilities follow Avoidance of weather radars on page 63 Other variants of the ePMP are available for use in the rest of the world but these variants are not supplied to the USA or Canada except under strict controls when they are needed for export and deployment outside the USA or Canada Specific expertise and training required for professional installers To ensure that the ePMP is installed and configured in compliance with the requirements of Industry Canada and the FCC installers must have the radio engineering skills and training described in this section This is particularly important when installing and configuring an ePMP system for operation in the 5 GHz band 5150 5250 MHz FCC only 5250 5350 MHz 5470 5725 MHz and 5725 5850 MHz ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Avoidance of weather radars The installer must be fa
338. um EAP TTLS Password To configure free radius key and certificate edit usr local etc raddb mods available eap and add your certificates to folder usr local etc raddb certs Locate a string such as default_eap_type private kev Pile certificate file in eap file and change the value to default_eap_type ttis private_key_password according to your certificate private Kev Pile S certdir key certificate_file S certdir crt Under the ttls section change the following copy_request_to_tunnel yes use_tunnel_reply yes da Note Once these steps are performed free radius in debug mode can be initiated radiusd X 199 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS CONFIGURING RADIUS PARAMETERS ON AP Figure 57 AP Radius configuration Configuration gt Security Security Options Wireless Security Open WPA2 RADIUS WPA2 WPA2 Pre shared Key eeecccce E RADIUS ann IP Address Port Secret x 10 120 134 128 1812 sesssssssss x 10 120 134 77 Gi 1812 sececesccee Gg x 10 120 134 129 1812 Yerres GA Server Retries 1 Z min 0 max 5 Server Timeout 5 Z sec min 1 max 20 Firewalls Layer 2 Firewall Disabled Enabled Firewall Rules a Back to Wide View Layer 3 Firewall Disabled Enabled Firewall Rules EI Back to Wide View To configure Radius parameters on AP follow these steps Open the GUI and login as admin Navigate to Configure gt Security gt Wi
339. unt Management Admunistrator Username Adminstrator Password installer Account installer Username Installer Password Home User Account Mame User Username Home User Password Read Only Account Read Only Username Read Only Password Simpie Network Management Protocol SNMP Read Only Community String Read Write Community String Traps Trop Community string Trap Servers Cambium Dewice s me mP z0 443 Deabled fnabled State 310 220 1244 UTC 05 COT renra Dayiighe Time North America sec mint 2 max 20 mp max 65535 min 6 max 65535 42 05339 degrees min 90 max 90 42 0533 degrees 085 02537 degrees min 180 max 189 068 02554 degrees 243 6 meters min 20000 max 20000 234 5 meters aamin Deabled Enabled instaier Disabled Enabled home Ossbied Enabled readonly arram sriram bied Enabled combiumiren System Name System Derea Stem Logging Syslog Server 116 Server 21P server S16 Server 41P System Log Mack Cambium Networks Cambium Networks 104 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Table 48 AP System attributes Attribute Meaning General Device Name Specifies the name of the AP Webpage Auto Configure the interval for which the device retrieves system statistics for Update display on the management interface For example if this setting is configured to 5 seconds
340. urposes and you will take appropriate action with those employees and agents to preserve the confidentiality of the Software and Documentation using the same degree of care to avoid unauthorized or improper disclosure as you use for the protection of your own proprietary software but in no event less than reasonable care You have no obligation to preserve the confidentiality of any proprietary information that i was in the public domain at the time of disclosure ii entered the public domain through no fault of yours iii was given to you free of any obligation to keep it confidential iv is independently developed by you or v is disclosed as required by law provided that you notify Cambium Networks prior to such disclosure and provide Cambium Networks with a reasonable opportunity to respond RIGHT TO USE CAMBIUM S NAME Except as required in Conditions of use you will not during the term of this Agreement or thereafter use any trademark of Cambium Networks or any word or symbol likely to be confused with any Cambium Networks trademark either alone or in any combination with another word or words TRANSFER The Software and Documentation may not be transferred to another party without the express written consent of Cambium Networks regardless of whether or not such transfer is accomplished by physical or electronic means Cambium s consent may be withheld at its discretion and may be conditioned upon transferee payi
341. ut limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 252 e PMP LuCi CAMBIUM NETWORKS Copyright C 2003 2012 Edgewall Software All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promot
342. versions derived from this one may be distributed under GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin St Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrict
343. very 5 MHz 18 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Ukraine 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 18 284 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center Frequency Frequency Conducted Country Frequency for EIRP Power range for 40 MHz Power 20 MHz Band Band 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Uganda 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 27 30 36 for PMP AP For 5180 to 5240 5190 to 5230 other modes 30 dBm Ene States Bist 5200 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 16 6 Configured Antenna Gain 6 3 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Uzbekistan 5150 5250 every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 18 5160 to 5240 5170 to 5230 Venezuela 5150 5250 avery 5 MHz every 5 MHz 13 36 for PMP AP For U S Virgin 5150 5250 5180 to 5240 5190 to 5230 16 other modes 30 dBm Islands every 5 MHz every 5 MHz 6 Configured Antenna Gain 6 3 Ww Caution For countries that follow FCC regulations the combined conducted power must be reduced according to Table 98 for the lower edge of the 5 1 GHz band in order to meet restricted band requirements 285 e PMP Table 98 Regulatory limits 5 2 GHz CAMBIUM NETWORKS Valid Center Valid Center uae aail e sor IOMA Power Power DFS Band Band Armenia 5250 5350 Se ane eerie 18 No Argentina 5250 5350 Sn ce See 13 Yes Azerbaijan 5250 5350 N RO 18 No Belarus 5250 5350 Sc ae 18 No canan ee R SONG SIO RE apa Chile 5250 5350 cae Eere 13 Yes Colombia 5
344. vice IP Address Units may always be accessed via the Ethernet port da Note From Release 2 1 the fallback IP address has changed from 10 1 1 254 to 169 254 1 1 Cambium Device Q Cambium Networks ePMP 1000 System Summary Device Name Cambium Device Wireless MAC Address 00 04 56 C3 12 A password AP SSID Cambium AP Ethernet MAC Address 00 04 56 C3 12 A Log Operating Frequency 5485 MHz IP Address 10 120 204 1 Operating Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz Date and Time 14 Jul 2014 23 55 26 CDT Transmitter Output Power 15 dBm System Uptime 3 days 6 hours Country Other System Name Cambium Networks Wireless Security WPA2 System Description Cambium Networks Ethernet Interface Up Port Speed 1000 Mbps Wireless Interface Up Port Duplex Mode Full Registered Subscriber Modules 5 Device Coordinates 42 05329 088 02544 DFS Status Not Available Average Wireless Throughput 2074 Z 18 3 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 23 54 ra 30 245 23 55 15 30 245 23 56 15 Time Downlink uplink 3 Enter Username default admin and Password default admin at top right corner 4 Click Login Ah Note New ePMP devices all contain default username and password configurations It is recommended to change these password configurations immediately These passwords may be configured in the management GUI in section Configure gt System gt User Management 74 ePMP LAYOUT OF THE WEB INTERFACE CAMBIUM NETWORKS After loggi
345. ware for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 224 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL DIRECT INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 The materials contained herein are unmodified and are used unmodified 2 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following NO WARRANTY disclaimer below Disclaimer without modification 3 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce at minimum a disclaimer similar to the Disclaimer below and any redistribution must be conditioned upon including a substantially similar Disclaimer requirement for further binary redistribution 4 Neither the names of the above listed copyright holders nor the names of any contributors may be used to endorse or promote product derived from this so
346. wer The guide is avaliable online at PART NO C058900A112A http www cambiumnetworks com IT H A000 tonenn a ESN 0A003EA005B3 Vint 22V 56V ITI Inaxi 500MA CAUTION Class 2 only OR 5 8 GHZ REGULATORY COMPLIANCE This system has achieved Type Approval in various countries around the world This means that the system has been tested against various local technical regulations and found to comply The frequency band in which the system operates is license exempt and the system is allowed to be used provided it does not cause interference The licensing authority does not guaranteed protection against interference from other products and installations For the connectorized version of the product and in order to reduce potential radio interference to other users the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the Effective lsotropically Radiated Power EIRP is not more than that permitted for successful communication U S Federal Communication Commission FCC This device complies with part 15 of the US FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 304 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the US FCC Rules These lim
347. wnlink SNR The Signal to Noise Ratio which is an expression of the carrier signal quality with respect to signal noise and co channel interference or both Uplink MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme indicates the modulation mode used for the radio uplink based on radio conditions MCS 1 7 9 15 Downlink MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme indicates the modulation mode used for the radio downlink based on radio conditions MCS 1 7 9 15 Ethernet Interface Up The Ethernet LAN interface is functioning properly Down The Ethernet LAN interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic Wireless Interface Link Quality Uplink Up The radio WAN interface is functioning properly Down The radio WAN interface has encountered an error and is not servicing traffic The Uplink quality based on the current MCS and PER 80 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Attribute Meaning Link Capacity The uplink capacity based on the current MCS with respect to the highest Uplink supported MCS MCS 15 Wireless MAC The MAC address of the device Wireless interface Address Ethernet MAC The MAC address of the device LAN Ethernet interface Address IP Address The current configured device IP address LAN Ethernet interface used for management access Wireless IP Address Date and Time The current configured device IP address Wireless interface when the SM is in Router mode
348. work 109 e PMP Subnet Mask CAMBIUM NETWORKS AL Note If Device IP address Mode is set to DHCP and the device is unable to retrieve IP address information via DHCP the device management IP is set to fallback IP 192 168 0 1 AP mode 192 168 0 2 SM mode 192 168 0 3 Spectrum Analyzer mode or the previously configured static Device IP Address Units may always be accessed via the Ethernet port with IP 169 254 1 1 Defines the address range of the connected IP network For example if Device IP Address LAN is configured to 192 168 2 1 and IP Subnet Mask LAN is configured to 255 255 255 0 the device will belong to subnet 192 168 2 X Gateway Configure the IP address of the device on the current network that acts as a gateway A gateway acts as an entrance and exit to packets from and to other networks Preferred DNS Server Alternate DNS Server Ethernet MTU Configure the primary IP address of the server used for DNS resolution Configure the secondary IP address of the server used for DNS resolution Maximum Transmission Unit the size in bytes of the largest data unit that the device is configured to process Larger MTU configurations can enable the network to operate with greater efficiency but in the case of retransmissions due to packet errors efficiency is reduced since large packets must be resent in the event of an error Packets received by the device larger than the configured
349. x deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement In Canada high power radars are allocated as primary users meaning they have priority of the 5650 5850 MHz spectrum These radars could cause interference or damage to license exempt local area network LE LAN devices Product labels FCC IDs and Industry Canada Certification Numbers are reproduced on the product label Figure 63 305 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Figure 63 FCC and IC certifications on 5 8 GHz product label A A DIRI UDIT IMPORTANT See the System User Guide before connecting to AC power The guide is available online at ittp www cambiumnetworks com uii HE Imax 5OOMA MADE IN CHINA RRIT I mw ESN O0A003EA005B3 FCC ID Z8H89FTO006 IC 109W 0006 Vin 22V 56V cae CAUTION Class 2 only OR IMPORTANT MADE IN AIL HH PART NO HA Te C058900A122A See the System User Guide before connecting to AC power The guide is available online at ttp www cambiumnetworks com CHINA ALI MEANN UE ESN 0A003EA005B3 FCC ID Z8H89FTO005 IC 109W 0005 Vin 22V 56V ITI Dui KE Imax 500MA CAUTION Class 2 only OR IMPORTANT See the System User Guide before connecting to AC
350. y OU Cambium unit EMAIL email cambium com email 205 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS BITS 2048 Size of the generated key in bits CLIENT_DAYS 730 Client certificate validity period in days SERVER_DAYS 1461 Server certificate validity period in days Lines related to the country city department email etc must be fixed though not necessarily this is default values that can be changed in the process of creating the certificate Variables related to the terms of validity of the certificate can be left without changes Creating a server certificate for RADIUS Create a server certificate option cerver_cert file name and certificate radius cambium com sign_cert sh server_cert radius cambium com create certificate key radius cambium com key Generating RSA private key 2048 bit long modulus pated e is 65537 0x10001 First generates key it is necessary enter the password which will close the key Enter pass phrase for radius cambium com key Verifying Enter pass phrase for radius cambium com key decrypt certificate key radius cambium com crt Enter pass phrase for radius cambium com key writing RSA key Create a certificate request Create certificate request radius cambium com csr sign_cert sh radius cambium com server_cert You are about to be asked to enter information that will be incorporated into your certificate request What you are about to enter is
351. y PHYSICAL LAYER 2x2 MIMO OFDM ETHERNET INTERFACE 100BaseT Cambium PoE V pins 7 amp 8 Return pins 4 amp 5 PROTOCOLS USED IPv4 UDP TCP IP ICMP SSH SNMPv2c HTTPs FTP NETWORK MANAGEMENT HTTPs SSH FTP SNMPv2c VLAN 802 1Q with 802 1p priority ARQ Yes NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC MCS1 89 dBm to MCS15 70 dBm per 20MHZ CHANNEL branch NOMINAL RECEIVE SENSITIVITY W FEC MCS1 87 dBm to MCS15 65 dBm per 40MHZ CHANNEL branch MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 20 MHz Upto 13 miles CHANNEL MAXIMUM DEPLOYMENT RANGE 40 MHz Up to 9 miles CHANNEL MODULATION LEVELS ADAPTIVE MCS1 QPSK 1 2 to MCS15 640AM 5 6 LATENCY nominal roundtrip 17 ms QUALITY OF SERVICE Three level priority Voice High Low with packet classification by DSCP COS VLAN ID IP amp MAC Addr Broadcast Multicast and Subscriber Module Priority Link Budget 32 Oo ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS ANTENNA Options Antennas for 90 or 120 sectors are available TRANSMIT POWER RANGE 20 to 30 dBm combined to regional EIRP limit 1 dB interval ANTENNA GAIN 15 dBi 90 120 sector MAXIMUM TRANSMIT POWER 30 dBm combined Physical ANTENNA CONNECTION 50 Q RP Reve SURGE SUPPRESSION 1 Joule Integrated ENVIRONMENTAL IP55 TEMPERATURE 30 C to 55 C 22 F to 131 F WEIGHT 4 5 kg 10 Ibs with antenna 0 52 kg 1 1 Ibs without antenna WIND SURVIVAL
352. y while monitoring for radar pulses which require a channel move Radar Signal Detected The receiver has detected a valid radar pulse and is carrying out detect and avoid mechanisms moving to an alternate channel In Service Monitoring at Alternative Channel The radio has detected a radar pulse and has moved operation to a frequency configured in DFS Alternative Frequency Carrier 1 or DFS Alternative Frequency Carrier 2 System Not In Service due to DFS The radio has detected a radar pulse and has failed channel availability checks on all alternative frequencies The non occupancy time for the radio frequencies in which radar was detected is 30 minutes 121 ePMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS AP Wireless page Use the Wireless Status page to reference key information about the radio s wireless interface and connected SMs Figure 29 AP Wireless Status page PMP 1000 Cambium Device Access Point Q Cambium Networks Quick Search Monitor gt Wireless PR Home Operating Frequency 5670 MHz Operating Channel Bandwidth 20 MHz KR Quick start Transmitter Output Power 12 dBm D Configuration Registered Subscriber Modules 4 P Ethernet Interface U N Monitor 2 Wireless Interface Up Performance Current Country Other EE system Registered Subscriber Modules E wi Wireless EA ainan B GPs SM IP Address 10 120 204 3 SM MAC Address 00 04 56 C0 0A C1 8 Network SM IP Address 10 120 204 2 System Log SM MAC A
353. y print out 1 copy which then may not be copied With regard to the copy made for backup or archival purposes you agree to reproduce any Cambium Networks copyright notice and other proprietary legends appearing thereon Such copyright notice s may appear in any of several forms including machine readable form and you agree to reproduce such notice in each form in which it appears to the extent it is physically possible to do so Unauthorized duplication of the Software or Documentation constitutes copyright infringement and in the United States is punishable in federal court by fine and imprisonment 5 You will not transfer directly or indirectly any product technical data or software to any country for which the United States Government requires an export license or other governmental approval without first obtaining such license or approval TITLE AND RESTRICTIONS If you transfer possession of any copy of the Software and Documentation to another party outside of the terms of this agreement your license is automatically terminated Title and copyrights to the Software and Documentation and any copies made by you remain with Cambium Networks and its licensors You will not and will not permit others to i modify translate decompile bootleg reverse engineer disassemble or extract the inner workings of the Software or Documentation ii copy the look and feel or functionality of the Software or Documentation iii remove any prop
354. yright c 2003 2008 Thomas Graf lt tgraf suug ch gt See full license text on page 234 libpcap Copyright c 1999 2005 NetGroup Politecnico di Torino Italy Copyright c 2005 2008 CACE Technologies Davis California Copyright c 1997 Yen Yen Lim and North Dakota State University Copyright c 1995 1999 Kungliga Tekniska H gskolan Copyright c 1982 1986 1988 1998 2000 The Regents of the University of California Copyright c 2000 Torsten Landschoff lt torsten debian org gt Sebastian Krahmer lt krahmer cs uni potsdam de gt Copyright c 2006 Paolo Abeni Italy Copyright c 2007 Fulko Hew SITA INC Canada Inc lt fulko hew sita aero gt Copyright c 2001 Atsushi Onoe Copyright c 2002 2005 Sam Leffler Errno Consulting Copyright 1989 by Carnegie Mellon Copyright c 1996 Juniper Networks Inc Copyright c 1993 1994 Texas A amp M University Copyright C 1995 1996 1997 and 1998 WIDE Project Portions Copyright c 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation Copyright C 1999 WIDE Project Copyright c 2005 2006 CACE Technologies Davis California Ref libpcap 1 0 0 LICENSE License BSD 250 e PMP CAMBIUM NETWORKS Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following dis
355. ystem Status page attributes Attribute Meaning Hardware Version Firmware Version Board hardware version information U Boot version information Software Version Active Bank The currently operating version of software on the ePMP device Software Version Inactive Bank The backup software version on the ePMP device used upon failure of the active bank Two software upgrades in sequence will update both the Active Software Bank Version and the Inactive Software Bank Version Date and Time Current date and time subject to time zone offsets introduced by the configuration of the device Time Zone parameter Until a valid NTP server is configured this field will display the time configured from the factory System Uptime Wireless MAC Address The total system uptime since the last device reset The hardware address of the device wireless interface Ethernet MAC Address The hardware address of the device LAN Ethernet interface 120 e PMP Attribute CAMBIUM NETWORKS Meaning DFS Status N A DFS operation is not required for the region configured in parameter Country Code Channel Availability Check Prior to transmitting the device must check the configured Frequency Carrier for radar pulses for 60 seconds If no radar pulses are detected the device transitions to state In Service Monitoring In Service Monitoring Radio is transmitting and receiving normall

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

BLLDB User Manual  Test 2 - CONRAD Produktinfo.  MPOE5L SVC 0504  4" Submersible Pumps Two and Three Wire, 1/2 thru 1  Itech Clip Music 801  ROTEX GCU compact Istruzioni di montaggio e manutenzione  MANUAL DE USUARIO PARA LA INSTALACION DE LOS    N。` 9  TM-CAGE OWNERS MANUAL - Choose-AV  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file